Quarterlytics / Technology / Xero

Xero

xro · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker xro
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Xero
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Xero Annual Report 2023
1
XERO LIMITED
Annual Report
2023

Contents
About this Report	
1
Highlights	
2
About Xero	
3
Chair’s Review	
6
CEO’s Review	
10
How Xero Creates Value	
14
Strategy	
16
Material Matters	
18
Key Risks	
19
Inputs
	
People and Culture	
25
	
Customers, Partners and Ecosystem	
35
	
Platform, Technology and Data 	
43
	
Social and Environmental 	
51
	
Financial	
59
Governance	
62
Our Performance	
69
Audit Report, Financial Statements and Notes	
83
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement	
122
Disclosures	
123
Remuneration Report	
131
Corporate Directory	
156

Xero Annual Report 2023
1
Xero’s Annual Report for 2023 has been prepared with 
reference to the International Integrated Reporting Council 
(IIRC) Framework and has been structured around five key 
inputs into our business, or capitals as referred to by the 
framework:
People and Culture – Diverse world-class leadership 
and talent supported by an equitable and inclusive 
culture and working environment to do the best work 
of their lives
Customers, Partners and Ecosystem – Trusted 
connections with the community of small business 
customers, partners including small business advisors, 
ecosystem developers, and other stakeholders 
including governments and regulators
Platform, Technology and Data – Xero’s systems, 
processes and other knowledge and intellectual 
property drive innovation at speed to create beautiful 
products and generate insights
Social and Environmental – Responsible practices 
across everything we do as a business, including social 
and environmental impact
Financial – Allocation of capital including revenue 
and cash flows to optimise financial performance, and 
access to capital to support the execution of Xero’s 
strategy and long-term value creation
At Xero, we understand the deep connection between our 
long-term financial performance, social and environmental 
impact, and organisational culture. 
Materiality
This report covers matters material to value creation 
as identified through stakeholder consultation and a 
materiality assessment conducted in accordance with the 
IIRC Framework. For information about the material matters 
identified and our stakeholder engagement process, please 
refer to Material Matters on page 18.
Reporting suite
Xero’s Annual Report 2023 should be read in conjunction with 
the other materials that comprise our 2023 annual reporting 
suite. These are available at Xero’s Investor Centre:
Investor Presentation and Databook available at  
www.xero.com/about/investors/financial-info
Governance and leadership at  
www.xero.com/about/investors/governance, where full copies 
of Xero’s Corporate Governance Statement, Modern Slavery 
and Human Trafficking Statement, charters, key governance 
policies, and full biographies for the board of directors and 
executive leadership team can be found.
Additional information about Xero’s sustainability  
activities and performance can be found at  
www.xero.com/sustainability
Throughout this report we have hyperlinked other websites 
and documents that may be useful. To download a 
hyperlinked copy of this report, please visit our Investor 
Centre at www.xero.com/about/investors
Company and reporting information
Xero is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
and is a New Zealand incorporated and domiciled company. 
This means that while the ASX Listing Rules apply to Xero, 
certain provisions of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) do not.
As a New Zealand company, Xero’s annual report is primarily 
governed by the Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand). The 
Remuneration Report is not intended to fully replicate 
the statutory disclosure requirements of an Australian 
company’s remuneration report, as these requirements 
do not apply to Xero. However, the information provided 
goes beyond New Zealand requirements to provide greater 
transparency and insight into our remuneration practices. 
This report covers the activities of the Xero Group’s global 
operations. Except where otherwise specified, statements 
should be read as pertaining to the activities of Xero Limited 
and its subsidiaries (Xero or Xero Group).
Some parts of this report include information regarding 
Xero’s plans and strategy, and include forward-looking 
statements about Xero and the environment in which it 
operates that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results 
and the timing of certain events may differ materially from 
future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking 
statements contained in this report. 
All amounts are in New Zealand dollars (NZD) except  
where indicated. 
Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (non-GAAP) 
measures have been included as Xero believes they provide 
useful information for readers to assist in understanding the 
Xero Group’s financial performance. Non-GAAP financial 
measures should not be viewed in isolation or considered as 
substitutes for measures reported in accordance with New 
Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting 
Standards (NZ IFRS).
References to the year, period or FY23 are to the financial 
year ended 31 March 2023. References to the comparative 
period or FY22 are to the financial year ended 31 March 2022. 
References to H1 FY23, or the first half, refer to the six-month 
period ended 30 September 2022. References to H2 FY23, 
or the second half, refer to the six-month period ended 31 
March 2023.
About this Report
ABOUT THIS REPORT

Highlights
Operating revenue
$1,399.9m
 Up 28% YoY
Gross margin percentage
87.3%
 Flat YoY
Annualised monthly recurring revenue
$1,553.8m
 Up 26% YoY
Total available liquidity
$1.1b
Cash on hand, short-term deposits and 
undrawn committed debt facilities
Subscribers
3.741m
 Up 470,000 YoY
Free cash flow
$102.3m
 Up $100.2m YoY
Operating income
$57.3m
 Up 61% YoY
Net loss
$113.5m
 Up $104.4m YoY
Total subscriber lifetime value
$13.4b
 Up $2.5b YoY
Adjusted EBITDA
$301.7m
 Up $93.0m YoY
Xero named number one global 
tech company for gender equality 
by Equileap
Overall emissions intensity per FTE 
down 42% from FY20 base year
Xero set science based 
emissions reduction targets 
for Scope 1, 2 and 3
Xero’s total global community 
contribution was more than 
$3.5 million
Xero Annual Report 2023
2

Xero Annual Report 2023
3
About Xero
Xeros are authentic, inclusive and really care
•	 Kind and assume best intent
•	 Inclusive, approachable and show empathy 
•	 Are willing to be vulnerable, share fears, failures  
and learnings
Xeros dream big, lead and embrace change
•	 Are curious and think big
•	 Welcome challenging conversations and do  
it with respect
•	 Lead and embrace change, seeking new and  
better ways
Xeros are great team players
•	 Champion Xero’s purpose and priorities 
•	 Work together to do what’s best for Xero and  
our customers 
•	 Appreciate and celebrate each other and success
Xeros deliver on our commitments
•	 Do what we say we will do
•	 Own our mistakes and take positive action
•	 Move fast to get the right things done
Xeros create experiences that people love
•	 Create experiences that inspire and delight
•	 Do high-quality work
•	 Go the extra mile
#Human
#Challenge
#Beautiful
Xero was founded in 2006, leading the charge to bring cloud 
accounting tools to small businesses globally. The launch of 
Xero meant accountants and bookkeepers could collaborate 
with their small business clients in real time through our 
open platform to monitor their financials, simplify core 
compliance and run their business. 
Since our launch, Xero has grown into a global small 
business platform that services accountants and 
bookkeepers and small business customers directly. In 
addition to our core accounting solution, our platform 
extends to payroll, workforce management, expenses, 
projects, payments and other solutions depending on the 
region. Xero has an extensive ecosystem of connected apps 
and connections to banks and other financial institutions 
helping small businesses access a range of solutions from 
within our platform. 
In FY23, Xero generated total operating revenue of  
$1.4 billion and ended the financial year with 3.74 million 
global subscribers in Australia, New Zealand, North America, 
the United Kingdom and more than 180 additional countries 
across our online platform. 
Our vision remains to be the most insightful and trusted 
small business platform. This is about offering a fully 
integrated platform that gives customers powerful insights 
about their business, drives more meaningful discussions 
with their advisors, and helps them to make more informed 
business decisions. Our vision is supported by our three 
strategic priorities, outlined on pages 16-17.
Our people 
Our global team is driven by our purpose to make life 
better for people in small business, their advisors and 
communities around the world. Our objective is to enable 
our people to do the best work of their lives by aligning and 
embedding our purpose, values and culture within all our 
business activities.
Our values and accompanying ‘Xero Way’ behaviours (shown 
right) reflect not only how our people work with each other, 
but how we interact with people and organisations outside 
of Xero.
Our values
#Team
#Ownership
“Xeros” is a term used to refer to 
Xero employees internally
ABOUT XERO

Xero Annual Report 2023
4
Our customers
Our focus is on the significant opportunity to drive digital 
adoption in the small business sector as we continue to grow 
Xero for the long term. 
Xero’s objective is to enable our customers to make informed 
decisions through real-time access to information, along 
with powerful insights that digital tools enable. This helps 
our customers to save time, reduce complexity, manage 
compliance, and better manage their cash flow.
We continuously engage with our customers and partners 
to help drive further awareness and adoption of digital 
technologies, such as cloud accounting, across the small 
business community. Our Xerocon events provide an 
opportunity for our partner community to connect with their 
peers and learn more about Xero’s latest tools, features and 
updates to help them better serve their clients and run their 
practices. We also run roadshow events across our regions, 
aimed at connecting with the local community and providing 
education about our platform and the benefits it offers. 
For customers, we also provide support within the Xero 
platform to help them get the most out of the product, and 
we offer a 24/7 customer support portal called Xero Central. 
Xero Central has a range of content including how-to 
articles, videos, community discussions and the option to 
raise a case with our customer experience team if they need 
further support.
We continuously collect feedback from customers to 
help inform the design and development of additional or 
enhanced functionality to ensure we meet our customers’ 
evolving needs.
Our relationships with partners
The close relationships we have with our partners, from 
accountants and bookkeepers to third party apps, banks  
and financial service providers, are an important part of  
how Xero operates. 
Our network of accounting and bookkeeping partners 
continues to be a key factor to our success across our 
markets as we work together to introduce Xero to more 
small businesses. 
Our ecosystem of connected apps has evolved with the 
introduction of the Xero App Store. The Xero App Store 
offers small businesses an easier way to discover and buy 
apps on the Xero platform, while giving app developers a 
better way to grow their business, with access to greater 
insights, tools and billing payment capabilities. 
We continuously engage 
with our customers 
and partners to help 
drive further awareness 
and adoption of digital 
technologies, such as cloud 
accounting, across the 
small business community
ABOUT XERO

Xero Annual Report 2023
5
Our products 
Xero’s small business platform includes a range of integrated 
products, such as:
Accounting and compliance software
Core accounting and compliance software for 
small businesses and their advisors, providing a 
trusted, digital system of record, making accounting, tax 
and other compliance simpler, smarter and more seamless, 
and allowing small business owners to have greater control 
and visibility.
Software for small business operations
Software for small businesses that helps them 
simplify day-to-day operations to better run 
their business in areas beyond core accounting 
and compliance needs, such as managing 
inventory, payroll and employees.
Software for accountants and 
bookkeepers
Software that helps advisors manage their 
workflows, serve existing small business 
clients and support their compliance needs 
while enabling them to identify and attract 
new clients.
Access to financial services for  
small businesses 
Software for small businesses to manage cash 
flow, take and make payments, and scale their 
business with increased confidence.
Integrations that provide access to 
third party software
Third party integrations with ecosystem app 
partners to create an open platform for small 
businesses and their advisors.
Our sustainability
We are committed to building a sustainable business for 
the millions of customers we serve, their advisors, our 
communities, our shareholders and our employees. We are 
focused on reducing our impact on the environment, and 
are proud to be certified carbon neutral by the Australian 
Government’s Climate Active program annually since FY20 
for our owned and operated businesses globally1. 
In FY23, we set the following emissions reduction targets 
in line with climate science, aligned to the goals of the  
Paris Agreement: 
•	 42% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions from a FY20 
base by FY30
•	 17% reduction in Scope 3 emissions from a FY20 base  
by FY30
•	 Net-zero no later than FY50 (with fewer than 10% of total 
emissions that require abatement through offsets)
Our targets were designed with Xero’s growth ambitions in 
mind and were established through extensive modelling 
to provide clear direction to reduce our greenhouse gas 
emissions across Scopes 1, 2 and 3. 
We recognise we have a responsibility to help small 
businesses become more sustainable. Through our work 
with Cogo and Ecologi, and by providing access to education 
and other tools, we are taking steps to help small  
businesses play their role in supporting the transition to  
a net-zero economy.
Inclusion is critical to succeeding as a sustainable business, 
and we are proud that our commitment to gender diversity 
and inclusion (D&I) was recognised in FY23 through Xero’s 
inclusion in the 2023 Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index. This 
is the fourth consecutive year Bloomberg has recognised 
Xero’s commitments to gender D&I. 
Reflecting our progress in a number of areas, in FY23, Xero 
was included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) 
for the second time. 
For more information on our approach to sustainability, 
see the People and Culture and Social and Environmental 
sections on page 25 and 51 of this report or visit our website 
www.xero.com/sustainability
Ok
31
1 Xero applies for Climate Active carbon neutral certification annually in arrears in October. In FY23, our certification for FY22 was maintained.  
We will report the outcome of our FY23 certification application in the FY24 Annual Report
ABOUT XERO

Xero Annual Report 2023
6
Dear shareholder
Xero has delivered a strong operating result in FY23 
within another year of challenging macroeconomic 
conditions. We are seeing more small businesses 
placing their trust in Xero’s digital platform to run  
their business, manage their cashflow and meet  
critical compliance needs.
In this higher interest rate environment and with our 
increased focus on operating efficiency, we have taken action 
to streamline our business. We have also revalued our recent 
acquisitions, reflecting the current valuation backdrop and 
the operating performance of these businesses. While this 
has negatively impacted our FY23 EBITDA, we are confident 
we are well positioned to balance growth and profitability in 
the coming years. 
Small businesses around the world continue to operate in 
a complex environment. The Xero Small Business Insights 
(XSBI) program (now available in five countries) uses 
anonymised and aggregated data to track the performance 
of small business and improve understanding of the sector. 
XSBI shows that small businesses in many of our markets 
started 2023 in a more challenging position than in 20221. 
They continue to navigate inflationary and interest rate 
pressures, and slowing economies, while adapting to the 
ever-changing needs of their customers. 
In this challenging environment, Xero’s cloud-based 
subscription product enables small businesses to work 
more effectively and efficiently. The value customers place 
in their Xero subscription is demonstrated by our delivery 
of strong top-line results and subscriber growth, alongside 
consistently low churn.
We remain confident about the future growth opportunity for 
our company.
Xero’s next chapter
Xero is one of only a few technology companies of its 
size and global reach listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange. As our global footprint grows, the skill set and 
experience required of our management team continues 
to evolve. Our growth ambitions were at the centre of 
the Board’s global recruitment process for a new CEO 
following Steve Vamos’ decision to retire after almost five 
years. The Board and all the Xero team thank Steve for his 
significant contribution to Xero. After considering a number 
of exceptional candidates, we were pleased to appoint 
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy as Xero’s new CEO in November 
2022. Sukhinder formally took over from Steve in February to 
lead us through our next phase of growth. 
Sukhinder is an experienced global technology executive 
with more than 25 years’ leadership experience. She has held 
various leadership positions, including as President, Asia 
Pacific & Latin America at Google; President at StubHub; 
founder of the Boardlist; founder of Joyus, where she was 
CEO; and co-founder of Yodlee. Sukhinder also brings 
extensive public and private board experience with multiple 
companies. Sukhinder’s expertise in building products and 
scaling go-to-market businesses across virtually every global 
region is critical to leading Xero in our next chapter.
It is our intent to continue to grow our global executive 
capabilities as Xero grows.
David Thodey, AO 
Chair of the Board
Chair’s Review
1 January 2023 Xero Small Business Index for Australia, New Zealand and the UK
CHAIR’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
7
The long-term opportunity for cloud accounting remains 
significant and under Sukhinder’s leadership, Xero is well 
positioned to take advantage of this. However, the higher 
interest rate environment and the revaluation effect of 
companies in our sector has meant there has been greater 
scrutiny on expenditure, growth and profitability. This, along 
with inflationary pressures, has meant we have increased 
our focus on our operating costs and the returns that we 
generate from our investments. 
In March 2023, we announced a program to streamline Xero’s 
operations, realign the business to drive greater operating 
efficiency, and better balance our growth and profitability. 
This required an organisational restructure to strengthen our 
ability to deliver value for all our stakeholders, and position 
Xero for the future. We believe we are now better placed 
to become a higher performing global SaaS company and 
generate disciplined growth. We will continue to foster Xero’s 
unique, purpose-driven culture, and we are committed to 
providing the right level of support to our people whose roles 
have been impacted by the changes we have made.
We also understand the deep connection between our 
long-term financial performance, social and environmental 
impact, and organisational culture. This year, we have 
again prepared our Annual Report with reference to the 
International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) Framework. 
The report is structured around five key inputs into our 
business, or capitals, as referred to by the framework.
Fostering and preserving trust
Our purpose, to make life better for people in small business, 
their advisors, and communities around the world, remains 
our driving force.
Trust is central to our vision, purpose and values. We build 
this trust by striving to act with integrity and authenticity 
and by upholding high standards of governance.
We recognise that we must be vigilant in protecting our 
customers’ data and acknowledge this challenge requires 
constant focus. Keeping customers’ data secure and 
handling it responsibly is critical to building and operating 
a trusted platform. We take a multi-layered and risk-based 
approach to managing security through the use of cutting-
edge security technology, a robust security risk management 
process, and working to keep security considerations front 
of mind for all our people. We are resolute in our focus to 
continuously improve our approach to security – given the 
constantly changing nature of the external threat landscape 
– and regularly introduce new capabilities and process 
enhancements to further strengthen our security posture.
You can read more about Xero’s responsible data use 
practices and our approach to cybersecurity risks and 
protecting data on pages 46-47.
The quality of customer data in the Xero platform allows 
us to provide trusted insights based on anonymised and 
aggregated data. We use this data to deliver XSBI to share 
an informed perspective on the small business economies in 
the UK, Australia, New Zealand, and as of this year, Canada 
and the US. XSBI is trusted by government agencies to 
support their policy making decisions that impact small 
business. Institutions that engage with XSBI include the 
Office for National Statistics (UK) and the Reserve Bank of 
Australia (RBA).
Trust is central to our 
vision, purpose and 
values. We build this trust 
by striving to act with 
integrity and authenticity 
and by upholding high 
standards of governance
CHAIR’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
8
Sustainability commitment
Minimising our environmental footprint and our impact on 
the community, while operating in a reliable and transparent 
way, is vital to maintaining trust and protecting and growing 
Xero’s value. We have a role to play in taking meaningful 
action on climate change and supporting the transition to a 
net-zero economy as we continue to grow. 
We have taken the next steps towards net-zero and have 
set company-wide emissions reduction targets in line with 
climate science, aligned to the goals of the Paris Agreement. 
The targets were designed with Xero’s growth ambitions in 
mind and were established through extensive modelling. 
They provide clear pathways for us to reduce our greenhouse 
gas emissions. From an FY20 baseline, we have set targets to 
reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% and our Scope 3 
emissions by 17% by 2030, and to be net-zero2 by 2050.
We are also helping small businesses to become more 
sustainable through our education tools and partnerships. 
Xero recognises that every business has a role to play in 
supporting the transition to a net-zero economy and we are 
in a unique position to help small businesses take steps in 
their sustainability journey.
In FY23, Xero became a member of the United Nations 
Global Compact Network Australia and we are committed 
to supporting the United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals. 
In recognition of the progress we have made in social, 
environmental and governance initiatives, Xero was included 
for the second time in the Dow Jones Sustainability  
Index (DJSI).
More information about our environmental and social 
practices is on pages 51-57, and in our separate Taskforce on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Statement.
Supporting diversity, equity and inclusion
The Board is committed to ensuring Xero’s people reflect 
the communities we live and operate in, and to fostering an 
environment where our people are encouraged to bring their 
whole selves to work.
While our overall representation of women remains 
unchanged from FY22, we have made good progress towards 
our gender diversity target for senior leaders with 38.7% (up 
from 33.9% in FY22) and people leaders with 45.0% (up from 
43.7% in FY22). In line with our commitment to equal pay 
for equal work, we continued to monitor our gender pay gap. 
Our median gender pay gap is 9.5%, which has decreased 1.5 
percentage points since FY22 and is in our target range. 
In 2023, we were ranked by Equileap, a provider of data and 
insights on gender equality, as the number one information 
technology company for gender equality globally, and the 
number one New Zealand headquartered company.
We aim to ensure the retention rate of our people who are 
from identified underrepresented racial and ethnic groups 
is proportionate to our broader retention rate at all levels 
of Xero. We established this as a measurable objective in 
FY23. Our analysis shows that retention of employees from 
identified underrepresented racial and ethnic groups is 
proportionate to our broader retention rates. 
Our commitment to diversity, equity and inclusion is an 
essential component of Xero’s unique culture and how we 
serve our customers and partners. You can read more about 
diversity, inclusion and belonging at Xero in the People and 
Culture section of this report, on page 25.
2 Fewer than 10% of total emissions that require abatement  
through offsets
CHAIR’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
9
Future opportunities
Small business cloud adoption is still low in many 
countries around the world. Demand for online cloud-
based accounting tools remains strong and the opportunity 
to introduce the benefits of cloud accounting to new 
customers is significant. We are also focused on helping 
existing customers to further improve how they manage 
their business using Xero’s tools and the wide business 
applications offered through our partner ecosystem. 
As we prepare for Xero’s next chapter of disciplined, 
customer-focused growth, the Board continues to work 
closely with Sukhinder and the leadership team to help deliver 
our vision and our purpose, and drive disciplined growth.
On behalf of the Board, I would like to extend our 
appreciation to Steve Vamos for his significant contribution 
and impact on Xero’s growth and development as a global 
business. His authentic leadership style propelled Xero’s 
approach to people leadership, diversity and inclusion, and 
the introduction of Xero’s sustainability and climate targets.
I would also like to thank our great Xero team for their 
dedication and commitment to our customers and for their 
development of our innovative products and services.
As Chair of Xero, I am delighted to work with a global team 
of experienced and engaged directors. Our governance 
approach reflects the risk appetite set by the Board and 
aligns directly with Xero’s purpose, values and strategic 
objectives. I would like to thank our directors for their 
dedication in FY23 and in the future.
The Board and I are encouraged by the opportunity ahead 
and also to work with someone of Sukhinder’s calibre and 
global experience to lead Xero into its next important 
chapter of growth. 
The Board sincerely appreciates the ongoing trust and 
support of our Xero team, customers, partners, and the 
support from you, our shareholders.
Thank you to everyone who supports Xero. 
 
 
David Thodey 
Chair of the Board
Xero customer Visual Contrast (US)
CHAIR’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
10
Dear shareholder
I started my journey as Xero’s CEO in February this 
year, and I’m deeply excited about our opportunity to 
help power the global small business economy. Xero is 
a special company and an important business tool for 
small business and their advisors. It’s truly a privilege 
to be leading a team so dedicated to delivering our 
purpose for customers, partners, shareholders and our 
communities around the world.
I’m also pleased to share our strong FY23 operating results. 
We grew FY23 operating revenue by 28% to $1.4 billion, 
which contributed to a 45% increase in adjusted EBITDA 
compared to FY22 to $301.7 million. This drove a significant 
increase in free cash flow to $102.3 million, reflecting a free 
cash flow margin of 7.3% compared to 0.2% in FY22. 
We also incurred non-cash impairments and associated 
costs, and restructuring charges in FY23. This led to EBITDA 
decreasing 26% compared to FY22 to $158.4 million. This 
includes a $77.9 million impairment to Planday (mainly 
reflecting a reduction in market valuation multiples along 
with operational performance), $48.5 million of impairments 
and other costs related to Waddle, $34.7 million in 
restructuring costs, and non-cash accounting revaluation 
gains of $17.9 million.
Our FY23 operating expense to operating revenue ratio 
was 80.7% (excluding restructuring costs of $34.7 million), 
consistent with guidance. This resulted in improved 
operating income, a measure that reflects underlying 
business performance, which grew 61% to $57.3 million. 
Excluding restructuring charges, operating income was  
$92.0 million with an operating income margin of 6.6%.
Our total global subscribers increased 14% to 3.74 million, 
underpinned by double-digit subscriber growth in all our 
markets; and we delivered consistently low churn, improved 
average revenue per user (ARPU), and increased total 
subscriber lifetime value (LTV). 
These operating results demonstrate Xero’s resilience 
in a complex macroeconomic environment, our valuable 
customer proposition, increasing efficiency, and our move 
towards even more disciplined, customer-focused growth. 
Consistent with these ambitions, in March 2023, we 
announced a program to streamline and simplify our 
organisation. This included reshaping our organisational 
structure by reducing 700-800 roles across our business, 
and also exiting one of our smaller, early-stage businesses, 
Waddle. These changes will adjust our operating cost base 
for FY24 as we seek to take a more balanced approach to 
growth and profitability going forward, while being more 
dynamic and measured in the way we allocate capital to 
drive value creation over the short, medium and longer term.
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy 
CEO
CEO’s Review
CEO’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
11
Moreover, with an estimated global Total Addressable 
Market (TAM) of more than 45 million small businesses1, 
Xero’s potential remains enormous. We are committed to 
building on the strong momentum that you can see in our 
FY23 result, and pursuing our aspiration to build a higher 
performing global SaaS company.
Drive cloud accounting
Australia and New Zealand continue to lead the world in 
small business cloud accounting adoption – as highlighted 
by our FY23 result. Xero’s continued growth in Australia and 
New Zealand demonstrates the value we can drive in highly 
penetrated markets.
In our international markets, we continue to localise Xero to 
meet customer needs and further strengthen our accountant 
and bookkeeper relationships to take advantage of the large 
and unpenetrated opportunity. We delivered strong revenue 
and subscriber growth, and are turning our attention to 
increasing adoption of our broader product set, as more 
small businesses adopt digital technology.
In August 2022, we announced a strategic partnership with 
Avalara, an automated tax compliance software specialist, to 
build an integration that automates the sales tax compliance 
journey for US-based customers. We launched a closed 
beta trial in early 2023 and are encouraged by the positive 
customer response so far. 
In March, we announced a partnership with Allinial Global, 
the second-largest accounting association in the world.  
This global agreement makes Xero the preferred cloud 
accounting solution for Allinial Global’s member firms 
and brings Xero to more small businesses worldwide. This 
follows a multi-year global partnership signed with the PKF 
Global accountancy and advisory network, to empower PKF 
advisors with data and insights to help their clients make 
more informed decisions. 
We view our strong relationships with the accounting and 
bookkeeper communities as a key differentiator. These 
relationships are an important element of our approach to 
drive cloud accounting adoption with their small business 
clients, which also creates a virtuous effect in our direct 
small business channel.
Another important part of our strategy is bringing customer 
communities together to connect and collaborate, through 
events like Xerocons and Xero roadshows. After COVID-19 
interrupted Xerocons in recent years, we brought our partner 
community together in 2022 at Xerocons in London, New 
Orleans, and Sydney. This year, we announced Xerocon 
will be a global event that will next be hosted in Sydney in 
August 2023.
Xero is a FIFA Women’s Football Partner. This partnership 
promotes brand awareness in new and existing markets, 
while championing women in small business and football. 
During the year, we announced a commercial partnership 
with The English Football Association (The FA), making Xero 
the Official Partner of both the England women’s senior team 
and England Football. As part of The FA partnership, we’re 
helping to build the financial resilience of clubs by providing 
access to educational tools, resources and expert advice.
Our total global subscribers 
increased 14% to 3.74 
million, underpinned by 
double-digit subscriber 
growth in all our markets
1 Estimated TAM across English-speaking addressable cloud 
accounting markets, based on publicly available data
CEO’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
12
Grow the small business platform
Over recent years, Xero’s small business platform has evolved 
to include payroll, payments, workforce management, and 
more. We also have an extensive ecosystem of more than 
1,000 connected apps and more than 300 direct connections 
to banks and other financial institutions, including to API 
providers that then provide access to additional banks and 
financial institutions. This ecosystem extends our customer 
engagement further by providing customers with access to 
a range of solutions from within Xero to help them run their 
business, efficiently and effectively.
Xero empowers customers to take control of their cash 
flow by embedding financial tasks into workflows, such 
as creating invoices, getting paid and making payments. 
In FY23, we continued to grow our support for customers 
with their payment needs. This included deepening 
our relationship with Stripe, a financial infrastructure 
platform for businesses, and expanding our partnership 
with GoCardless, a global leader in direct bank payment 
solutions, to provide the Instant Bank Pay feature to our 
customers.
In FY23, Xero introduced updates to Xero Payroll in Australia 
to help customers manage compliance by ensuring all three 
stages of Single Touch Payroll (STP) Phase 2 transition  
are available. 
We also launched Payroll history in Australia to provide 
an easy-to-access audit trail of changes made within Xero 
by a small business owner, advisor or app partner to help 
understand, track, manage and troubleshoot changes to 
employee details.
In April 2023, Planday launched in Australia, supporting its 
first two awards – Retail and Clerks. Planday is part of our 
suite of employee management tools – Xero Payroll, Xero Me 
and Xero Expenses – that help employers and employees 
to connect in real time. We’re working to make Planday 
available for Australian customers under the Hospitality 
Award and plan to expand to more awards over time.
Xero customer Visual Contrast (US)
We take pride in being a 
purpose-led employer, with 
a diverse, world-class team
CEO’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
13
Build for global scale and innovation
People and culture
We take pride in being a purpose-led employer, with a 
diverse, world-class team. We are known for our culture and 
values, which was an important factor for me in joining Xero. 
We’re committed to staying true to our values, developing 
and preserving our culture, and nurturing our people.
I’m proud that Xero’s commitment to diversity, inclusion and 
belonging has driven our inclusion in the Bloomberg Gender-
Equality Index for the fourth consecutive year, and also 
saw us ranked by Equileap as the number one information 
technology company for gender equality globally, and the 
number one New Zealand headquartered company.
As we strive to become a higher performing global SaaS 
company, we’ve made two new appointments to our 
executive team. Angad Soin was promoted to Chief Business 
Operations and Strategy Officer in February 2023. Angad 
is responsible for leading the cross-business processes 
that shape the development and execution of Xero’s global 
strategy, and drive operational excellence. 
In April 2023, Diya Jolly joined Xero as our Chief Product 
Officer bringing more than 20 years of market-leading global 
experience in designing, developing and launching consumer 
and business products in high-growth tech companies, 
including Google, YouTube, and Okta. In this critical role, 
Diya will lead the next generation of Xero’s product vision to 
design and deliver high-value products for our partners and 
small businesses. 
Technology
In addition to the Avalara partnership and Planday Australia 
launch, in FY23 we delivered a number of product updates 
and new features for customers. Examples include: practice 
tools updates to provide a single source of truth for client 
data across Xero Practice Manager, Xero HQ and Xero Tax; 
launching Xero Go in the UK to meet the less complex needs 
of self-employed businesses and their advisors; and  
South African Rand (ZAR) billing to help customers and 
partners to consistently plan for subscription costs in their 
local currency.
We continue to remain focused on delivering value 
to customers and taking advantage of the significant 
opportunity ahead for Xero. At the same time, we remain 
committed to our multi-year platform modernisation 
strategy, in order to unlock further improvements in 
efficiency, scalability, productivity and speed to market.
Outlook 
Along with reinvestment in strategic priorities, management 
is targeting an operating expense to operating revenue ratio 
in FY24 of around 75%. This will improve operating income 
margin compared to FY232.
Xero’s long-term aspiration is to continue to improve its 
operating expense ratio and its operating income margin, 
although a specific timeline has not been set. These ratios, 
and their component parts, may vary from period to period 
as we identify opportunities for disciplined, customer- 
focused growth. 
Our next chapter
We’re pleased with Xero’s FY23 performance and we 
continue to execute well. We enter FY24 with strong 
momentum, but there is much more to do. 
We remain clear about our vision, to be the most trusted and 
insightful small business platform – and we’re positive about 
the multiple levers Xero has to deliver growth, including 
driving further adoption of cloud accounting and deepening 
our customer engagement and experience.
I’m excited about and committed to helping drive Xero’s 
next chapter of growth. We are entering a new phase as a 
company, focused on being smarter, faster and stronger for 
our customers and communities. We also strive to be more 
disciplined and balanced in our growth as we move forward.
I would like to acknowledge and thank Steve Vamos for 
his valuable contribution as CEO for the past five years, 
providing me a smooth transition into the role, and also to 
Xero’s Board and leadership team for their confidence in me. 
On behalf of Xero’s leadership team, I’d also like to thank all 
our shareholders, people, customers and partners for your 
ongoing loyalty and support of our vision.
Best, 
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy 
Chief Executive Officer
2 This applies both including and excluding restructuring charges
CEO’S REVIEW

Xero Annual Report 2023
14
How Xero Creates Value
What we do
Supported by Governance (see page 62) and Risk Management (see page 19)
Inputs
Our purpose
To make life better for people in small business, 
their advisors and communities around the world
 
Our vision
To be the most insightful and trusted small 
business platform
People and Culture 
Diverse world-class leadership and talent 
supported by an equitable and inclusive culture 
and working environment to do the best work of 
their lives
Customers, Partners and Ecosystem 
Trusted connections with the community of  
small business customers, partners including 
small business advisors, ecosystem developers, 
and other stakeholders including governments 
and regulators
Platform, Technology and Data 
Xero’s systems, processes and other knowledge and 
intellectual property drive innovation at speed to 
create beautiful products and generate insights
Social and Environmental 
Responsible practices across everything we 
do as a business, including social and 
environmental impact
Financial 
Allocation of capital including revenue and cash 
flows to optimise financial performance, and 
access to capital to support the execution of 
Xero’s strategy and long-term value creation
31
Ok
En
ga
ge
 w
it
h 
sm
al
l b
us
in
es
se
s
an
d 
th
ei
r 
ad
vi
so
rs
De
si
gn
, b
ui
ld
 a
nd
 d
el
iv
er
 s
ec
ur
e 
an
d 
po
we
rf
ul
 c
lo
ud
-b
as
ed
 s
of
tw
ar
e 
an
d 
pr
ov
id
e 
ch
oi
ce
In
te
gr
at
e 
wi
th
 a
pp
s
En
ab
le
 o
ur
 p
eo
pl
e
to
 d
o 
gr
ea
t 
w
or
k
da
ta
 a
nd
 a
na
ly
ti
cs
Pr
ov
id
e 
ac
ce
ss
 t
o 
re
al
-t
im
e
HOW XERO CREATES VALUE

Xero Annual Report 2023
15
Products
Outcomes
Our products are described on page 5
Our values
#Human
#Challenge
#Beautiful
#Team
#Ownership
Xeros are authentic, 
inclusive and really care
Xeros dream big, lead 
and embrace change
Xeros are great 
team players
Xeros deliver on our 
commitments
Xeros create 
experiences that 
people love
Integrations that provide access 
to third party software
Software for accountants  
and bookkeepers
Software for small business
Accounting compliance
31
People and Culture
•	 Attraction, development and retention of top talent 
is enhanced
•	 Diversity, equity and an inclusive environment  
are promoted
•	 Improved health, safety and wellbeing performance
Value drivers are described on page 25
Customers, Partners and Ecosystem
•	 Customers and partners are more successful and  
confident on Xero
•	 Greater stakeholder trust and customer advocacy 
through a product experience that exceeds 
expectations
•	 Improved brand awareness, perception and value,  
including trust in platform reliability and the 
security of data
Value drivers are described on page 35
Platform, Technology and Data
•	 Xero is the small business platform of choice
•	 New and improved services (quality, harnessing 
machine learning capabilities, and business support)
•	 Increased speed to market
•	 Reliable, secure and responsibly utilised data, 
including privacy and cybersecurity
Value drivers are described on page 43
Social and Environmental
•	 Wellbeing within the small business community
•	 Improved environmental outcomes
•	 Responsible procurement practices both within Xero  
and the wider community are built and promoted
•	 Improved levels of financial literacy and inclusion
Value drivers are described on page 51
Financial
•	 Our strategy and vision are supported, and  
long-term value for shareholders is created
•	 Strong balance sheet
•	 Revenue growth and returns in the form of strong  
cash flows
Value drivers are described on page 59
Access to financial services 
for small business
“Xeros” is a term used to refer to Xero employees internally
HOW XERO CREATES VALUE

Xero Annual Report 2023
16
Strategy
Drive cloud accounting adoption
Cloud accounting adoption in small businesses remains 
low in many countries around the world. We are focused 
on driving adoption of Xero by bringing tangible benefits 
to small businesses and their advisors by saving time, 
reducing errors and delivering actionable insights about 
their business. The market opportunity from driving 
cloud adoption exceeds 45 million small businesses 
across the markets Xero operates in1.
The cloud accounting industry continues to benefit from 
a number of trends, including government digitisation, 
innovation within financial services, and continued innovation 
in small business cloud solutions that drives technology 
adoption. These initiatives and trends are present in many 
markets and are fuelling demand for digitally enabled and 
cloud-based accounting and compliance solutions. 
How we drive adoption:
•	 Introducing small businesses, accountants and 
bookkeepers to the benefits of cloud accounting through 
the use of marketing, educational materials, training, and 
Xero subscription trials 
•	 Connecting with our accounting and bookkeeping 
partners is an important part of our approach particularly 
through events such as roadshows and Xerocon events, 
which we host for cloud accounting leaders
•	 In line with our vision, we aspire to be the world’s most 
insightful and trusted platform, allowing accountants, 
bookkeepers and small businesses to collaborate in real 
time via a single ledger to manage their business, monitor 
their financials and simplify core compliance. This makes 
routine parts of running a business easier, faster and 
more efficient
•	 We continue to help our customers harness the power 
of data by investing in growing the artificial intelligence 
capabilities across our product. This streamlines core 
accounting tasks such as bank reconciliations and 
reduces data entry, while also helping customers make 
better decisions using AI-powered insights 
Continuously improving our core product and customer 
experience making our product easier to use and serving 
more customer needs:
•	 Better serving customers with less complex accounting 
needs. Our launch of Xero Go in the UK allows Xero to be 
more relevant to these types of customers in the UK. We 
will learn from our experiences there to consider other 
markets in the future 
•	 Improving product-market fit in North America including 
more direct bank feed integrations, integrations to 
automate sales tax compliance in the US (Avalara 
partnership) and improved tax solution in Canada 
(expanded TaxCycle integration)
•	 Developing practice and compliance tools to help our 
accounting and bookkeeping partners better serve their 
existing clients, find and onboard new clients and run 
their operations. A key area of investment has been 
working towards a single source of truth for client data 
across our practice tools which will save time, reduce 
errors and improve user experience 
•	 Helping small businesses to stay compliant. We have 
made it easier for small businesses to stay on top of 
relevant government regulatory changes including Single 
Touch Payroll (STP) Phase 2 in Australia, GST rates in 
Singapore, and Making Tax Digital (MTD) compliance in 
the UK
For further information on product releases, see our Platform, 
Technology and Data section on page 43
Xero is a long-term oriented business with ambitious growth plans to scale globally with 
discipline. Our strategy is centred on delivering our vision to be the most trusted and 
insightful small business platform. It comprises three strategic priorities which guide our 
decision-making as we navigate the opportunities and risks that exist for our business. 
Xero’s strategic priorities seek to create sustainable value for our customers, employees and shareholders across the five inputs. 
These three strategic priorities are: 
Drive cloud accounting adoption
Grow the small business platform
Build for global scale and innovation
1 Estimated TAM across English speaking addressable cloud accounting markets, based on publicly available data
STRATEGY

Xero Annual Report 2023
17
Grow the small business platform
Our vision is to be the most insightful and trusted 
small business platform. Our approach is to provide a 
platform with a healthy ecosystem of apps, integrations, 
partnerships, and financial services solutions on 
which small businesses can find solutions to run their 
business, whether built by Xero or by our ecosystem 
partners. We believe this open approach of working 
together with ecosystem partners will deliver a better 
and faster outcome for small businesses.
Cloud accounting is just one of the many digital tools from 
which small businesses can benefit. There are many other 
operational and financial needs such as payroll, payments 
and invoicing, and workforce management. Xero is well 
positioned to provide a single integrated platform that 
allows best-in-class products and services to be integrated 
into Xero’s single, real-time ledger. Providing an integrated 
platform helps make life easier for small businesses 
and enhances accountants’ and bookkeepers’ ability to 
advise and provide more insights to their clients while 
simultaneously protecting and extending the value of our 
core offering.
Our platform is open to the community of ecosystem 
partners who serve small businesses, not just to Xero-owned 
solutions. This strategic choice better serves the unique 
needs of small businesses by offering flexibility to choose 
the solutions that best serve their needs.
Enhancing our open platform
Xero’s ecosystem includes more than 1,000 connected apps 
and more than 300 direct connections to banks and other 
financial institutions, including to API providers that then 
provide access to additional banks and financial institutions. 
Our customers are increasingly connecting through the Xero 
App Store, where small businesses and partners can easily 
find, choose and purchase the right third-party connected 
apps for their needs. For Xero subscribers in Australia, the 
UK and New Zealand, the Xero App Store makes it possible 
to start a trial and securely purchase apps in just a few 
clicks, all using their Xero login, which can be managed in 
one place.
Building Xero’s financial and operational 
solutions
We continue to invest in financial and operational solutions 
including payments and invoicing workflow, payroll solutions 
and Planday. For example, over the past year we have 
strengthened the financial solutions we offer to help small 
businesses take control of their cash flow by embedding 
financial tasks in existing and new accounting workflows. 
A key focus is improving the customer experience of our 
payments and invoicing workflow and customer awareness 
of our financial solutions, making it easier to get paid and 
make payments within Xero.
Similarly, we have continued to improve Xero Payroll 
in Australia with updates to help customers manage 
compliance for Single Touch Payroll (STP) Phase 2 and the 
launch of Payroll history. We have also further developed 
scheduling and compliance tools by extending Planday’s 
offerings to small businesses. A Planday beta was made 
available in Australia in 2022 and officially launched in 
April 2023 for Australian small businesses who pay their 
staff under the Retail and/or Clerks awards. We continue to 
work on making Planday available for customers under the 
Hospitality Award. An award is an industrial instrument used 
in Australia that outlines the minimum employment terms, 
pay rates and conditions for workers in particular industries 
and occupations under the Fair Work Act in Australia2. 
Build for global scale and innovation
We are investing in improving our business systems, 
technologies, people capabilities and operating 
structure. This provides the opportunity to deliver more 
innovation, and, in turn, deliver our vision faster and to 
more places around the world.
We have continued to focus on the following areas: 
•	 Modernisation of our technology platform: We remain 
focused on delivering ongoing value for customers 
through our product and technology efforts each 
year, while continuing to invest in a multi-year 
platform modernisation strategy to unlock long term 
efficiency, scalability, productivity and speed to market 
improvements. For further information, see our Platform, 
Technology and Data section on page 43
•	 Optimising our operating and financial structure to deliver 
a better balance of disciplined growth and profitability. 
Most significant this year has been the reshaping of 
our organisation structure and the way we work across 
functions - to operate with greater clarity, speed and 
effectiveness. For further information, see our People and 
Culture section on page 25
2 Awards include entitlements such as penalty rates, overtime and casual rates; annual and other types of leave; hours of work, rosters and breaks;  
and allowances
STRATEGY

Xero Annual Report 2023
18
Governance
•	 Corporate governance, compliance and risk 
management
•	 Board and management composition, capabilities 
and remuneration
These are discussed on pages 19 and 62 of this report.
Material Matters
In FY23, we completed Xero’s second stakeholder 
engagement and materiality assessment in accordance 
with the International Integrated Reporting Council 
(IIRC) Framework. This was to ensure we are continuing 
to identify and respond to the sustainability issues, 
risks and opportunities that are most material to our 
stakeholders to create long-term value.
The assessment considered a range of inputs, including peer 
and competitor benchmarking, a review of the Sustainability 
Accounting Standards Board (SASB) software and IT services 
sector standard, and Xero’s internal policy documents. We 
reviewed a range of thought leadership documents from 
leading institutions such as the World Bank, World Economic 
Forum and Organisation for Economic Development (OECD) 
to ensure global macroeconomic and geopolitical trends 
were reflected in the analysis. We also engaged directly with 
internal and external stakeholders through surveys with 
more than 1,000 responses from employees, investors, board 
members, partners, and customers. The initial findings were 
reviewed by our Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) Steering Committee, and validated by the Xero 
leadership team and board of directors.
Through this process we identified the ESG “matters 
material to value creation” for Xero. How we manage each 
of these to enhance Xero’s value, is described under each of 
the Inputs in this report on pages 25-68.
The material matters for FY23 identified by the stakeholder 
engagement and materiality assessment are set out to the 
right. The assessment identified one new material matter for 
FY23: remuneration, incentives and pay transparency. Waste 
management and responsible use of resources was identified 
as being more material in FY23. Supporting and enabling 
Xero’s ecosystem to do good, which was included in our FY22 
Annual Report, was no longer considered material in FY23.
The material matters identified are grouped under four 
of Xero’s Inputs that are described in further detail in the 
How Xero Creates Value section of the report on pages 
14-15. A fifth grouping of matters has been formed under 
the category of ‘Governance’ which also forms a critical 
component of our value creation process.
People and Culture 
•	 Diversity and inclusion
•	 Employee health, safety and wellbeing
•	 Employee attraction, training, development  
and retention
•	 Remuneration, incentives and pay transparency
Customers, Partners and Ecosystem 
•	 Stability, reliability and accessibility of information
•	 Customer support, loyalty and engagement
Platform, Technology and Data 
•	 Stability, reliability and accessibility of information
•	 Cyber security and data protection
•	 Customer privacy 
•	 Technological innovation, artificial intelligence 
and digitisation
Social and Environmental 
•	 Climate action and energy management 
•	 Responsible supply chain and modern slavery
•	 Waste management and responsible use of resources
•	 Community support, engagement and partnerships
MATERIAL MATTERS

Xero Annual Report 2023
19
Key Risks
Xero is a high-growth business with operations located around the world. As a result, we address a variety of opportunities and 
face a range of risks which we consider from a sustainable, long-term value creation perspective. 
The Xero risk management framework is designed to identify material financial and non-financial risks that may impact our ability 
to achieve our strategic priorities. 
The Board sets the risk appetite and provides oversight of management’s execution of Xero’s risk management framework. 
Responsibility for managing risks within the Board-defined risk appetite is shared between the Xero Leadership Team, 
management and all our people.
We recognise that all our people have a role to play in this area. Therefore, we have aligned accountability for managing risk to the 
globally recognised ‘Three Lines Model’. Key roles are outlined in the diagram below. 
First line’s role 
Day to day ownership 
and management  
of risks and controls
Second line’s role 
Expertise, support, 
monitoring and 
challenge on risk-
related matters
Third line’s role 
Independent and objective 
assurance and advice on the 
effectiveness of risk and  
control management
The Xero Board
Deciding the nature and extent of the risks Xero  
is prepared to take to meet objectives
The Board’s role: Set risk appetite, and oversight of the risk management framework
Assurance
Independent assurance  
over risks
Xero’s Risk Management Accountability – Three Lines Model
Accountability, 
reporting
Delegation, direction, 
resources, oversight
 
Alignment, communication, 
coordination, collaboration
External Assurance Providers
Xero Leadership Team  
& Management
Establishing risk management framework and 
managing risks within Board-defined risk appetite
Key
KEY RISKS

Xero Annual Report 2023
20
Key areas of 
potential risk
Mitigation strategies and activities
Related 
inputs
Access to talent/
workforce planning
Ability to attract, develop 
and retain talent to deliver 
on strategy
•	 Attraction and retention strategies with broad employee value 
proposition, including flexible work policies and career development 
opportunities 
•	 Continuously exploring new resourcing options to ensure we have the 
opportunity to access an expanded potential top talent pool
•	 Recruitment teams across all regions
•	 Succession-planning processes for key roles
Product delivery 
execution
Ability to deliver new products 
and innovations that meet our 
customers’ needs
•	 Investment in engineering and product development capability
•	 Prioritisation of initiatives to focus available resources and talent on 
delivery of highest priority projects
•	 Investment in targeted customer and market research programs, which 
are used to inform future product development needs and priorities 
across Xero 
Short-term 
performance (growth 
and cash) does not 
meet expectations
The risk that our short-term 
performance falls short of our 
internal targets and external 
market expectations resulting 
in increased cost of capital, 
negative shareholder/market 
sentiment impacting future 
access to capital
•	 Monitoring of forecasts versus actual performance and market 
expectations
•	 Opportunity to continuously improve market communication strategy 
to build understanding of Xero’s strategy and focus on long term 
performance
•	 Allocation of capital in a way that balances short-term performance and 
investment in long-term strategic objectives, including a company-wide 
program underway to streamline operations, realign the business to drive 
greater operating leverage, and better balance of growth and profitability
Platform stability
Failure or disruption of 
our platform, resulting in 
poor customer experience 
and potential disruption 
to customers’ businesses, 
leading to customer churn 
and/or reputational damage 
•	 Strategic focus on, and investment in, best practice technologies, 
processes and engineering capabilities to improve robustness of the 
platform and strengthen stability 
•	 Opportunity to continuously enhance customer support offering and 
communication to strengthen trust
•	 Regular monitoring of, and reporting on, platform and database 
performance
•	 Disaster recovery, business continuity, and crisis management plans in 
place and regularly tested 
The table below highlights key strategic, operational and emerging areas of potential risk facing Xero, the high-level mitigation 
activities we have in place, and the linkage to related inputs. 
Financial
Platform,  
Technology  
and Data
Customers, 
Partners and 
Ecosystem
People and 
Culture
Social and 
Environmental
KEY RISKS

Xero Annual Report 2023
21
Key areas of 
potential risk
Mitigation strategies and activities
Related 
inputs
Data and cybersecurity 
breaches
Security controls and 
processes are insufficient, 
leading to a breach and 
resulting in loss of data 
or system functionality, 
and potential disruption 
to customers’ businesses, 
leading to customer churn 
and/or reputational damage
•	 Governance and oversight mechanisms and Audit and Risk Management 
Committee risk updates
•	 Data security and awareness programs for all Xero employees and partner 
and customer education, providing an opportunity to empower users of 
the Xero platform with knowledge of how their actions can help keep their 
data safe and accounts secure
•	 Investment in best practice tools and processes to provide multi-layer 
protection against unauthorised access, e.g. multi-factor authentication, 
security penetration testing
•	 SOC2 and ISO 27001 compliance and certification, including regular 
external audits
•	 Plans in place to respond to a significant cybersecurity incident
•	 Periodic cybersecurity simulations conducted with management and/or 
the Board
Competitive intensity 
and disruption 
New technologies and/or 
competitors that impact 
Xero’s ability to deliver on 
our strategic priorities and 
financial performance
•	 Systems in place for monitoring and responding to competitor and market 
activity, used to help inform business decision-making
•	 Development of strategic partnerships and pipeline of potential 
acquisitions
•	 Continual investment in product innovation and development to provide 
beautiful products that meet customer needs
Strategic execution
Ability to execute our 
strategic initiatives resulting 
in customer, operational, 
financial and reputational 
impacts
•	 Program and project governance of strategic initiatives with regular 
review, oversight and reporting
•	 Continued focus on improving execution through alignment of strategic 
initiatives with annual operational plans, objectives and key results
•	 Executive sponsorship and accountability for each strategic initiative
•	 Board oversight from regular briefings on progress, challenges  
and outcomes
Financial
Platform,  
Technology  
and Data
Customers, 
Partners and 
Ecosystem
People and 
Culture
Social and 
Environmental
KEY RISKS

Xero Annual Report 2023
22
Key areas of 
potential risk
Mitigation strategies and activities
Related 
inputs
M&A and related 
business integration
Ability to successfully realise 
value and/or integrate new 
acquisitions as planned
•	 Board and leadership team oversight of integration activities and 
performance with corporate development team and Xero Investment 
Committee
•	 Integration Framework including pre-acquisition due diligence processes
•	 Dedicated M&A Integration Management Office established enhancing 
ability to identify issues/opportunities 
Social and 
environmental 
(including climate)
Ability to create a diverse and 
sustainable business
•	 Regular review and oversight of ESG initiatives and risks by leadership 
team and Audit and Risk Management Committee
•	 Road map developed to align with the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) guidelines for climate reporting
•	 Net Zero @ Xero carbon neutrality commitment and emissions reduction 
targets aligned to Paris Agreement
•	 Diversity and inclusion policy in place, supported by region-specific 
programs and Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) to drive inclusion  
and belonging
•	 Education and support to small business customers on building 
sustainable businesses
Wellbeing, health and 
safety 
Ability to protect employees’ 
wellbeing, health and safety
•	 Investment in dedicated programs and resources that support our 
employees, including Flexible Working, and Respect and  
Responsibility Policies
•	 Regular surveys and reporting on employee wellbeing, and engagement 
metrics and trends, including lead and lag indicator analysis 
•	 Helping employees through the COVID-19 pandemic by providing a safe 
and effective working environment including hybrid and remote working
•	 Ongoing monitoring of COVID-19 trends and impacts and the risk of other 
potential pandemics
Legal, regulatory and 
compliance
Ability to manage legal, 
regulatory and compliance 
risks that may impact Xero’s 
products, brand and/or 
financial returns
•	 Regular review and oversight of regulatory and compliance areas by  
the leadership team and Audit and Risk Management Committee
•	 Regular review and updates undertaken in monthly product risk and 
regulatory forums, and senior governance forums
•	 Policies, procedures, training and education provided covering  
key regulatory and compliance areas, supported by internal and  
external audits
•	 Proactive and regular dialogue with regulators and industry bodies
Financial
Platform,  
Technology  
and Data
Customers, 
Partners and 
Ecosystem
People and 
Culture
Social and 
Environmental
KEY RISKS

Xero Annual Report 2023
23
Key areas of 
potential risk
Mitigation strategies and activities
Related 
inputs
Capital access and 
management 
Ability to allocate resources 
appropriately and 
productively and constraints 
on access to capital 
•	 Maintaining strong relationships with banking partners and investors 
•	 Board oversight and regular review of capital management strategy and 
investment allocation
•	 Governance oversight of capital management and liquidity management 
by the Board, Audit and Risk Management Committee, and Treasury 
Governance Committee
Adverse global 
economic conditions
Impacts and opportunities 
of adverse global economic 
conditions
•	 Regular financial oversight and monitoring across our markets
•	 Detailed financial analysis and scenario modelling to enable responsive 
changes to spending and investment approaches for changes in economic 
and business conditions
Legal and regulatory 
changes
Ability to identify and manage 
changes to the regulatory 
environment that may 
introduce new risks and/or 
present new opportunities to 
our business
•	 Monthly product risk and regulatory forums
•	 Regulatory team provide input on emerging changes and potential 
business impacts
•	 Global Government Relations function coordinates proactive government 
and policy engagement strategy 
Machine learning and 
artificial intelligence
Ability to manage risks 
and opportunities from the 
application AI and machine 
learning-related product and 
platform features
•	 Governance and focus on ethical and responsible use of data and  
machine learning 
•	 Approach framed by Xero Responsible Data Use Commitments, which 
include a specific commitment on reducing data and algorithmic bias that 
may adversely impact small business owners
•	 Promoting internal and external data literacy programs to drive awareness 
and understanding of best practice and industry-wide current issues 
across the Xero engineering and analytics community 
•	 Monitoring AI developments and investing to continuously evolve our 
product and technology to fully leverage AI and machine learning
Channel and product 
concentration risks
Ability to diversify to offset 
risks related to focus on 
Accounting & Bookkeeping 
channel and core product 
•	 Building a deeper relationship with small businesses in Xero’s existing 
markets to bolster additional channels to market
•	 Continuously extending the small business platform to solve more small 
business challenges beyond core compliance
Financial
Platform,  
Technology  
and Data
Customers, 
Partners and 
Ecosystem
People and 
Culture
Social and 
Environmental
KEY RISKS

Xero Annual Report 2023
24
PEOPLE AND CULTURE

Xero Annual Report 2023
25
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
People and 
Culture
Material matters: Employee attraction, training, 
development and retention | Diversity and inclusion | 
Employee health, safety and wellbeing | Remuneration, 
incentives andpay transparency.
We bring together diverse world-class leadership and talent 
enabled by an inclusive culture and working environment. 
Xero’s culture allows our people to do the best work of their 
lives, while driving innovation, productivity and value creation. 
We believe our strong purpose-led employer brand and a 
diverse, equitable and inclusive culture are key drivers of our 
ability to attract, develop and retain the talent we need to 
deliver innovative technology solutions to our small business 
customers and in the delivery of our strategy.
There are four key ways in which we create and enhance 
value through our people and culture: 
•	 Attract, develop and retain top talent
•	 Promote diversity, equity and inclusion
•	 Prioritise the health, safety and wellbeing of our people
•	 Offering fair remuneration, incentives and pay 
transparency 
1 Refer to page 27 for definitions of the terms used in gender representation reporting
2 Includes the former CEO – Steve Vamos
3 Refer to page 29 for an explanation of the difference between median gender pay equity gap and median gender pay gap
KPIs
Performance 
vs target
FY23 performance
Average annual employee net promoter score (eNPS)	
32
Annual voluntary employee turnover
15.7%
At least 45% representation of women among our senior leaders, our 
people leaders and all employees by the end of FY251
CEO and direct reports 40.0% women2
Women senior leaders 38.7%
Women people leaders 45.0%
Women employees 44.2%
Xero maintains a gender balance on its Board with not less than 30% 
women and not less than 30% men. By the end of FY25, the Board 
aspires to have at least 40% women and 40% men as directors, with 
the remaining 20% unallocated to allow flexibility for renewal and 
recognise that gender is not binary
Three women (37.5%) and five men 
(62.5%) directors
Median gender pay equity gap (like for like basis)3
-0.8%, in favour of women
Median gender pay gap
9.5% 
We aim to ensure the retention rate of our people who are from 
identified underrepresented racial and ethnic groups is proportionate 
to our broader retention rate at all levels of Xero year-on-year
Proportionate

Xero Annual Report 2023
26
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Attract, develop and retain top talent
Reshaping Xero’s organisational structure
Xero has a strong purpose-led employer brand and a diverse 
and inclusive culture. 
In March 2023, we announced a program to streamline our 
operations, realign the business to drive greater operating 
leverage and better balance growth and profitability to 
further strengthen Xero for the future. As we aspire to build 
a higher performing global SaaS company, we know we 
must deliver better for our customers and execute against a 
disciplined growth framework.
This is why we are strengthening our ability to take 
advantage of the significant growth opportunity presented 
by cloud accounting. The program included the difficult 
decision to reduce the number of roles across Xero. We 
continue to foster Xero’s unique, purpose-driven culture, and 
are committed to providing the right level of support to our 
people whose roles have been impacted by the restructure.
The impact of the reshaping of our organisational structure 
and the way we work across functions – to operate with 
greater clarity, speed and effectiveness – will take effect in 
FY24. The sections below refer to outcomes and position at 
the end of FY23.
Attraction and retention of talent
During FY23, we tempered the pace of hiring across Xero, 
focusing on hiring in areas critical to creating long-term 
value for Xero, our customers and our partners. This resulted 
in our global team of full-time equivalent (FTE) employees 
increasing 6.2% year-on-year to 5,080. 
We appointed Sukhinder Singh Cassidy as CEO, replacing 
Steve Vamos on 1 February 2023. Sukhinder’s appointment 
followed a rigorous global recruitment process. Angad Soin 
was promoted to Chief Business Operations and Strategy 
Officer in February 2023. He is responsible for shaping and 
executing Xero’s strategy and driving operational excellence. 
In March 2023, we also announced the appointment of Diya 
Jolly as Chief Product Officer to lead Xero’s product teams. 
Diya commenced in the role in April 2023. As we continue 
to grow and scale our global footprint, the skill set and 
experience required of our leadership team continues  
to evolve. 
Culture
Xero is known for its culture and the way in which we live 
our values every day. To ensure alignment with our values 
from day one, all new employees4 are onboarded with a 
focus on Xero’s values, behaviours and our Respect and 
Responsibility training. Our people4 also undertake training 
to ensure they understand our Code of Conduct which 
includes our expected standards around ethics and anti-
bribery and corruption.
Annual voluntary turnover and FTE growth
Our annual voluntary employee turnover trended down 
over FY23 to reach 15.7% compared to 16.1% in FY225. This 
reflected the impact of the measures we implemented 
to strengthen our position as an employer of choice. 
We conducted in-depth analysis on which elements of 
remuneration and rewards our people value the most to 
ensure we direct our investment where it will have the most 
positive impact on their satisfaction and wellbeing. As a 
result of the insights from our analysis, new and enhanced 
benefits were introduced including Xtra Leave globally (five 
days additional paid leave), plus health/medical, life, trauma 
and salary continuance insurances across New Zealand, 
Australia and the UK.
Engagement
To empower our people to do the best work of their lives, 
we seek to foster an equitable and inclusive environment 
where our people feel like they belong, are supported and 
recognised. An important aspect of understanding how we 
are performing is through employee sentiment data. Xero 
continues to operate above global industry benchmarks 
of 276 for Employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) with a 
12-month rolling average of 32. This measure has decreased 
when compared to our FY22 score of 415. While still a strong 
result compared to industry benchmarks, we recognise 
external factors such as global uncertainty in the technology 
sector and inflationary pressures along with internal 
resourcing and prioritisation decisions will have contributed 
to our people feeling potentially less inclined to promote 
Xero as a place to work than they did in FY22.
We continuously look to improve the satisfaction of our 
people and create an exceptional workplace environment 
by evaluating and seeking to improve key drivers of 
engagement. These include timely recognition, capability 
and leadership development, investment in wellbeing, and 
creating role and career frameworks to help our people map 
out their future with Xero.
4 Does not include employees of Planday
5 FY22 figure does not include employees of Planday
6 Officevibe 90-day rolling period average as at 4 April 2023 for Computer software, IT and services

Xero Annual Report 2023
27
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
7 Xero’s senior leaders includes the CEO, senior executives with global roles who report directly to the CEO, and their direct reports whose roles meet a 
minimum role size as determined by a job evaluation methodology
Enhance diversity, equity and inclusion
Diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging in the workplace 
are critical to enabling our people to thrive. A diverse 
workforce enables us to better understand and serve 
customers, attract top talent and innovate successfully.
We strive to foster a work environment where different 
perspectives and contributions are valued, and where our 
people are encouraged to bring their whole selves to work. 
Through our data-driven approach, we gain insight on which 
groups are currently underrepresented at Xero, or may face 
special challenges. We use this to tailor our diversity, equity, 
inclusion and belonging strategy and programs to better 
support these groups, promote equitable decision-making, 
amplify the voices of underrepresented communities and 
identify opportunities to continually evolve our approach to 
diversity and inclusion. For more information on our inclusive 
programs and practices, please see our website:  
www.xero.com/sustainability
Gender diversity
We are committed to ensuring people of every gender 
participate at every level and in every function at Xero. We 
also believe people of all genders deserve fair and equal 
treatment, including when it comes to compensation. 
In 2023, we were ranked the number one global information 
technology company, and number one New Zealand 
headquartered company for gender equality globally by 
Equileap. We were also included in the Bloomberg Gender-
Equality Index for the fourth consecutive year, in recognition 
of our commitment to supporting gender diversity in  
the workplace.
Measurable objectives
Xero’s FY23 measurable objectives to improve the 
representation of women were:
Gender diversity in board composition
•	 Xero maintains a gender balance on its Board with not 
less than 30% women and not less than 30% men
•	 By the end of FY25, the Board aspires to have at 
least 40% women and 40% men as directors, with 
the remaining 20% unallocated to allow flexibility for 
renewal and to recognise that gender is not binary
Gender diversity in senior executive and 
workforce composition by the end of FY25 
•	 Proportion of senior leaders7 who are women greater 
than or equal to 45%
•	 Proportion of people leaders who are women greater 
than or equal to 45%
•	 Proportion of all employees who are women greater than 
or equal to 45%
•	 Initiatives and activities to attract, develop, promote and 
retain diverse talent at Xero
80%
80%
100%
100%
90%
100%
100%
100%

Xero Annual Report 2023
28
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
The charts below demonstrate the progress we have made towards our measurable objectives. For more information regarding the 
programs we run at Xero to increase representation of women, please visit: www.xero.com/sustainability
Gender representation8,9,10
8 Gender and age data covers Xero’s global workforce, excluding contingent workers. All data is self-reported as at 31 March 2023
9 Xero has an optional gender identification question that allows employees to choose from the following options: female, male, gender diverse, non-binary, 
none of the options offered and prefer not to say. Where employees have selected none of the options offered or prefer not to say, their responses are 
included in the total. 5 employees (0.1%) were excluded from the total because they did not responded to the gender identification question
10 These figures include permanent full-time, permanent part-time, fixed-term, casual employees and interns
Percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding
All Xero employees
Senior leaders
CEO and direct reports
People leaders
Board
Female (44%)
Gender diverse (<1%)
Non-binary (<1%)
Male (55%)
Prefer not to say (<1%)
Female (45%)
Gender diverse (<1%)
Non-binary (<1%)
Male (55%)
Female (40%)
Male (60%)
Female (39%)
Male (61%)
Female (38%)
Male (63%)

Xero Annual Report 2023
29
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Gender pay equity11
One important area for Xero is our strategic and operational 
focus on gender pay equity because we believe this is one of 
the most impactful measures of ensuring fair pay for all.
We are committed to equal pay for equal work, and we have 
several robust practices in place to review our gender pay 
equity. For more information about our practices, please visit 
our website: www.xero.com/sustainability/people
At the time of our last review in March 2023, our analysis 
showed that on a like-for-like basis, we are providing 
equitable salary outcomes when compared to overall median 
market remuneration.12
Our median gender pay equity gap was -0.8%, in favour of 
women. Our median gender pay gap is 9.5%13, which has 
decreased 1.5 percentage points since FY22 and is in our 
target range. For more information on the programs we have 
in place to further address this gender pay gap, please visit 
our website: www.xero.com/sustainability 
Cultural, racial and ethnic diversity
We understand the importance of ensuring that our team 
reflects the communities we live and operate within. We 
have started the journey towards broad-based diversity 
across all our functions and geographies by seeking to better 
understand ourselves first, and then using these insights to 
identify priority areas of focus. 
11 Median is calculated as the weighted average of regional medians to ensure the Xero Group number is not impacted by market differences
12 To calculate gender pay equity, we assess how our employees’ remuneration compares to the median remuneration for their equivalent local market role 
(e.g. how much an Accountant employed by Xero in New Zealand is paid compared to what the market median is for an Accountant in New Zealand). The 
median position for males is then compared to median position for females to determine the pay equity gap. Does not include employees of Planday for 
FY22
13 To calculate our gender pay gap, we review actual total earnings of employees over the past 12 months. We then take the median actual earnings of 
males, minus the median actual earnings of females, divided by the median actual earnings of males. A weighted average was then used across each 
region to get to a Xero overall figure. Does not include employees of Planday for FY22
-2%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
FY22
FY23
Median gender pay equity gap
Median gender pay gap

Xero Annual Report 2023
30
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Measurable objective
Xero’s FY23 measurable objective in relation to  
workforce inclusion is as follows:
Inclusion at Xero
Xero is an inclusive work environment where different 
contributions and perspectives are valued, and everyone 
can bring their whole self to work. In FY23, we established 
a measurable objective for identified underrepresented 
racial and ethnic groups, based on data collected through 
our cultural diversity survey. 68.6% of our people have 
self-disclosed their ethnic and racial identity, and we 
now have a greater understanding of where our people 
come from, what groups they identify with, and what 
languages they speak. We aim to ensure the retention 
rate of Xeros who are from identified underrepresented 
racial and ethnic groups is proportionate to our broader 
retention rate at all levels of Xero year-on-year. Our 
analysis shows that retention of employees from 
identified underrepresented racial and ethnic groups is 
proportionate to our broader retention rate. 
Xero ethnic composition by geography14
14 All reporting on race data is based on voluntary global self-reporting. It does not include any employees where local legislation does not permit voluntary 
self reporting with respect to racial identity. The race categories used by Xero for self-reporting reflect each region’s government reporting standards. 
However, for the purpose of this report some race categories have been adapted so they are globally relevant. All countries and regions who have 
reached a minimum self reporting number have been displayed and any reference to ‘No data’ includes people who have not self-disclosed their racial 
and ethnic background, or who selected ‘none of the options offered’, or ‘prefer not to say’ from the country/region listed. 328 employees (6.3%) were 
excluded from the graphs as the regions did not reach the minimum reporting number. Does not include contingent workers
 
Percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding
Australia – All
Australia – People leaders
Canada – All
Canada – People leaders
No data (40%)
Asian (17%)
Other Oceanian (2%)
People of the Americas (1%)
Aboriginal and/or Torres 
Strait Islander peoples (<1%)
White or European (38%)
African and/or Middle Eastern 
(1%)
White or European (46%)
Asian (8%)
Other Oceanian (3%)
No data (40%)
People of the Americas (2%)
White or European (36%)
No data (21%)
Black or African (5%)
Asian (35%)
Hispanic or Latinx (2%)
Hispanic or Latinx (2%)
White or European (52%)
No data (20%)
Other Oceanian (3%)
Asian (22%)
Black or African (2%)
African and/or  
Middle Eastern (1%)
Other Oceanian (2%)
In FY23, in recognition that our people come from a range 
of backgrounds and cultures, we introduced a new type of 
leave – Religious, Ethical or Cultural Leave. This new  
leave enables our people to swap certain legislated public 
holidays to a day more relevant to their beliefs, customs  
and traditions.
We introduced a global education series to foster greater 
inclusion, designed to build better understanding and 
capability for our people to demonstrate inclusive 
behaviours, use inclusive language and have inclusive 
conversations.
We have implemented a range of initiatives to facilitate 
broad conversations at work about a range of topics related 
to race and ethnic diversity. Information about these 
initiatives can be found on our website:  
www.xero.com/sustainability

Xero Annual Report 2023
31
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
New Zealand – All
United States – All
New Zealand –  
People leaders
United States –  
People leaders
United Kingdom – All
Asia – All
United Kingdom –  
People leaders
Asia – People leaders
White (63%)
No data (9%)
Hispanic/Latinx (7%)
Two or more races (5%)
Native Hawaiian or Other 
Pacific Islander (<1%)
Asian (10%)
Black or African American 
(6%)
White (69%)
Asian (8%)
No data (7%)
Black or African American 
(1%)
Native Hawaiian or Other 
Pacific Islander (1%)
Hispanic or Latinx (10%)
Two or more races (3%)
New Zealand European (39%)
Other European (21%)
Asian (8%)
No data (26%)
Māori (4%)
White or European (58%)
Chinese (38%)
Asian (10%)
White or European (15%)
Filipino (3%)
Black, African, Caribbean or 
Black British (5%)
Black, African, Caribbean or 
Black British (3%)
Indian (8%)
Japanese (3%)
No data (25%)
No data (28%)
Two or more races (2%)
Two or more races (<1%)
Asian (5%)
Two or more races (3%)
White or European (61%)
White or European (44%)
Asian (4%)
Chinese (11%)
Indian (11%)
No data (31%)
No data (33%)
New Zealand European (35%)
Asian (21%)
Other European (14%)
No data (23%)
Māori (3%)
Middle Eastern, Latin 
American or African (3%)
Middle Eastern, Latin 
American or African (1%)
Pacific Peoples (<1%)
Pacific Peoples (<1%)
Percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding

Xero Annual Report 2023
32
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Ensure the health, safety 
and wellbeing of our 
people
Providing a physically and psychologically safe workplace for 
our people is essential if they are to thrive. 
Our global wellbeing program
Xero has long championed the benefits of health and mental 
wellbeing to our people, our customers and our partners. In 
FY23, we delivered an organisation-wide program called Time 
Well Spent to our people, which focused on optimising factors 
that reduce stress, increase control and improve performance. 
We introduced a global fitness platform for our people 
and established a wellbeing champions network to further 
demonstrate our commitment to our people’s wellbeing.
We were also pleased to see a continued year-on-year 
increase in parental leave taken by fathers and male primary 
caregivers, since we introduced our gender-neutral parenting 
benefits in FY21. 
We were recognised as one of the best workplaces for 
wellbeing in the UK15 in recognition of our efforts in this space.
For more information about our mental health and wellbeing 
initiatives, please visit our website:  
www.xero.com/sustainability
15 UK’s Best Workplaces™ for Wellbeing 2023
Xero is an inclusive work 
environment where 
different contributions and 
perspectives are valued
Remuneration and pay 
transparency
Xero is committed to transparency around our pay practices. 
For several years we have run dedicated remuneration 
foundation sessions – focused on upskilling our people 
leaders to ensure they understand our remuneration 
framework and are confident to have constructive, positive 
conversations about remuneration.
In FY23, in response to feedback and in line with our 
strategy, we offered remuneration foundation sessions to 
all of our people. These covered everything from our salary 
review processes, job sizing and benchmarking to gender 
pay equity and our broader benefits. We also created 
learning content that provides details on our remuneration 
processes, how to have conversations about pay, our total 
rewards and the wider benefits that come from working  
at Xero.

Xero Annual Report 2023
33
PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Xero customer Lewes FC (UK)

Xero Annual Report 2023
34
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM

Xero Annual Report 2023
35
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM
Customers, 
Partners and 
Ecosystem
Material matters: Customer support, loyalty and 
engagement | Stability, reliability and accessibility  
of information.
With 3.74 million subscribers globally, we’re focused on 
building and growing our relationships with our subscribers, 
and expanding our subscriber base. These relationships 
are based on the trust we earn by providing subscribers 
with the connections, support, insights and a reliable and 
accurate service to help manage their businesses effectively. 
Our trusted relationships with customers, accounting and 
bookkeeping partners, third-party app developers, ecosystem 
partners and other key stakeholders including governments 
and regulators, are a significant contributor to Xero’s long-
term value.
We do this through five key activities:
•	 Small business customer support, advocacy 
and engagement
•	 Accounting and bookkeeping partnerships
•	 Trust in the platform: reliability and support
•	 Ecosystem relationships
•	 Government and regulator relationships
*For discussion on performance related to these KPIs, see Our Performance section on pages 69 to 82
We measure our progress in achieving this against a number of key indicators: 
KPIs
FY23 performance
Subscriber numbers*
3,741,000
Churn*
0.90%
LTV*
$13.4 billion
Number of apps in ecosystem
Ecosystem of more than 1,000 connected apps and more than 300  
direct connections to banks and other financial institutions, including  
to API providers that then provide access to additional banks and 
financial institutions

Xero Annual Report 2023
36
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM
Customer support, advocacy and 
engagement 
Building strong relationships, advocacy and trust with our 
customers is all about ensuring they are well supported 
while using and discovering the features and functionality of 
Xero products. We aim to do this by creating a customer and 
product experience that exceeds expectations. Reflecting 
our relationship-driven approach, our global customer team 
supports our customers, from onboarding through education 
to customer support and success, aiming to provide a 
beautiful experience at every stage of their journey.
The value we create for our customers through our product, 
platform, education and support is demonstrated by our 
low churn that remained consistent year on year at 0.90%. 
This high degree of customer loyalty reflects the value our 
customers derive from our long-term relationship with them 
and the continual evolution of the Xero platform.
Education
An important part of our approach is education and ensuring 
our customers feel confident about using Xero to run their 
business. Our customers have access to a range of learning 
content, including small business guides, webinars, online 
videos, and articles via our customer support platform,  
Xero Central. 
Our partners can gain their Xero advisor certification and 
Xero payroll certification through Xero Central. These 
learning experiences help our partners become proficient 
and confident with Xero’s core features – and stay up to 
date with changes and new features through regular product 
updates events. 
Accounting and bookkeeping partnerships
Our aspiration is to ensure more accountants and 
bookkeepers around the world use Xero to help them drive 
meaningful conversations with their clients. They hold 
special relationships with their small business clients – often 
described as their most trusted advisors – and can have a 
direct impact on their success.
We empower our partners with accurate, real-time data so 
they can help their clients achieve their goals, ultimately 
helping to build and grow sustainable and resilient small 
businesses. The financial insights delivered through our 
platform help our partners focus on what matters most  
to their small business clients – whether that’s growing  
their business, diversifying their products and services, 
exploring new markets, improving processes, or going 
completely digital.
The Xero partner program gives our partners the tools and 
knowledge to improve their practices, and rewards them 
with a range of benefits that can help them achieve their 
own practice goals. Connecting with our partners is an 
important part of our approach and a key element of this is 
engaging through events like roadshows and Xerocons. After 
pandemic-related interruptions in recent years, we were 
delighted to reconnect with more than 6,400 members of 
our accounting, bookkeeping and app partner communities 
in 2022 at Xerocons in London, New Orleans, and Sydney. 
Trust in the platform: reliability and support
We are committed to retaining the trust our customers’ have 
in us as a key partner in running their business, managing 
their finances and supporting their compliance needs. This 
means we need to deliver on their expectation that the Xero 
platform will be readily available and that we are there to 
help them out if they encounter issues. 
We empower our partners 
with accurate, real-time 
data so they can help 
clients achieve their goals, 
ultimately helping to build 
and grow sustainable and 
resilient small businesses

Xero Annual Report 2023
37
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM
Reliability
As well as expecting us to provide a high level of support, 
our customers expect us to be open and honest about the 
performance of the Xero platform, which forms an important 
part of the customer value proposition. The Xero Status page 
provides customers access to real-time updates about 
action being taken to resolve any performance issues, 
and historical updates on platform performance. In FY23, 
we made improvements to real time status monitoring to 
provide more informative and timely updates to customers. 
For a more detailed discussion of how we’re investing in 
modernising Xero to make it faster and more reliable, please 
refer to the Platform, Technology and Data section on page 
43 of this report.
Customer support
Our support model is designed to help our customers get 
the most out of Xero. Xero Central is the home of Xero’s 
support and learning, and gives our customers access to 
education materials, community discussions and instant 
answers through our support content articles. In FY23, we 
introduced support content articles within the dynamic 
in-Xero help menu, allowing our customers to search for, 
and read, articles in the page they’re working on and without 
leaving the Xero platform, helping to bring support to where 
our customers need it.
For more complex customer queries, Xero has a support 
team available where many of the team answering customer 
accounting questions have a degree-level accounting 
background, so customers can get the specialised support 
they need.
Xero customer Blakeaway (AU)

Xero Annual Report 2023
38
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM
Xero customer Blakeaway (AU)

Xero Annual Report 2023
39
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM

Xero Annual Report 2023
40
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM
Ecosystem relationships
Our open ecosystem is a strategic area of our business, 
enabling our customers to connect seamlessly with a 
broader range of interconnected cloud-based products 
and services. Xero’s ecosystem consists of more than 1,000 
connected apps and more than 300 direct connections 
to banks and other financial institutions, including to API 
providers that then provide access to additional banks and 
financial institutions. 
Our ecosystem of connected apps has evolved with the 
introduction of the Xero App Store1. The Xero App Store 
offers small businesses an easier way to discover and buy 
apps that integrate with Xero, while giving app developers 
a way to promote and grow their business, with access to 
greater insights, tools, billing and payment capabilities. 
With improved search and personalised recommendations 
powered by machine learning, the Xero App Store presents 
relevant apps for customers at the right time, based on their 
unique profile.
The Xero App Store operates under a commercial 
model where Xero earns 15% revenue share on new app 
subscriptions. We have seen strong uptake in eligible apps 
migrating to the Xero App Store and we are pleased with our 
progress in this area. Encouraging a healthy app ecosystem 
benefits both our customers and our app developer partners. 
Third-party app developers
Our relationship with our developer partners is very 
important to Xero and our customers. On an open platform 
like Xero, developer partners (often small businesses 
themselves) can build their own third-party apps and 
services which form part of our partner ecosystem. Through 
connecting to Xero, our partners extend Xero’s capabilities 
into new market areas, niche use cases, and anywhere there 
is a gap in our own offering. Through this open approach 
to our platform, we empower developers to innovate and 
solve problems for the benefit of our customers, support 
developers in scaling their businesses, and enable them to 
access and add real value to our 3.74 million subscribers.
1 Full App Store features are currently available for customers in Australia, New Zealand and the UK
Xero customer Blakeaway (AU)

Xero Annual Report 2023
41
CUSTOMERS, PARTNERS AND ECOSYSTEM
Xero Small Business 
Insights (XSBI) is used 
by government agencies 
to support their policy-
making decisions 
impacting small business
Government and regulator relationships
Governments in many parts of the world are encouraging 
digitalisation of small businesses, and we work with and aim 
to maintain relationships with governments and regulators to 
enable this transition
In Australia, the Government’s appetite for boosting digital 
capability and adoption among small businesses remains 
strong. The Technology Investment Boost has been introduced 
to Parliament and there is progress in the Consumer Data 
Right (CDR) regime and eInvoicing adoption efforts. 
Similar digitalisation initiatives are being pursued in other 
regions in which Xero operates. Despite implementation 
delays, the UK Government remains committed to digitising 
its tax system. The UK Government also remains committed 
to Open Banking through the establishment of the Open 
Banking Implementation Entity, with new legislation 
introduced in Parliament to enable smart data and Open 
Finance frameworks. There is early stage progress for Open 
Banking in the United States with a consultation underway on 
proposed rules for the regime. The Government of Canada is 
undertaking an ePayroll project to modernise how employers 
send critical business information to government agencies. 
The Singapore Government is also promoting eInvoicing and 
offering incentives for small businesses to adopt technology 
through its SMEs Go Digital program.
As the global economic environment is expected to remain 
complex, preparing small businesses to manage cash 
flow and liquidity challenges is emerging as a worldwide 
trend. Governments in the UK, Australia and New Zealand 
are undertaking reviews into payment times to small and 
medium-sized businesses. While these reviews remain in 
progress, we expect a range of legislative changes to prepare 
and protect small businesses from cash flow challenges. 
The quality of customer data in the Xero platform allows us 
to provide insights based on anonymised, aggregated data. 
We use this data to deliver XSBI to share a perspective on the 
small business economies in Australia, New Zealand, and the 
UK, and more recently Canada and the US. XSBI reports and 
data are available, at no cost, at our website:  
www.xero.com/xerosbi
XSBI is used by government agencies to support their 
policymaking decisions impacting small business. Institutions 
that engage with XSBI include the Office for National 
Statistics (UK) and the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA). 
Sent!
OK

Xero Annual Report 2023
42
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
XOXOXO
********

Xero Annual Report 2023
43
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
Platform, 
Technology  
and Data 
Material matters: Stability, reliability and accessibility 
of information | Cybersecurity and data protection | 
Customer privacy | Technological innovation, artificial 
intelligence and digitisation.
We strive to create beautiful products and, in line with our 
vision, build the most trusted and insightful platform for 
small business. To deliver this, we design and build systems 
and processes, and accumulate knowledge and intellectual 
property. The performance of our platform, strategic 
investments to support innovation and the delivery of 
new features, and diligent management of our customers’ 
data are key to fulfilling our aspiration to be the platform 
of choice for small businesses and their advisors. Value is 
created by providing a platform for customers, partners 
and other stakeholders to collaborate on accounting and 
tax compliance and other small business needs, and by 
surfacing data-driven insights that enable faster and more 
informed decision-making. 
There are five key ways we deliver value through our 
platform, technology and customer data:
•	 Delivering our platform: a reliable, innovative 
cloud solution
•	 Product innovation and development
•	 Managing cybersecurity risks and protecting our 
customers’ data
•	 Using data responsibly
•	 Protecting our customers’ privacy
We measure our progress in achieving this against a number of key indicators: 
KPIs
Performance vs target
FY23 performance
Investment in product design and development, including R&D 
N/A
$597 million
Employee completion of security training
78.5%
Responsible Data Use: introduced risk assessment for 
unintended consequences of automated decision making
N/A
Yes
Number of notifiable privacy incidents 
N/A
1

Xero Annual Report 2023
44
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
Delivering our platform
Our cloud-based platform allows small business customers 
and partners to access real-time data to better manage their 
businesses, support compliance with accounting and tax 
requirements, collaborate and connect to other parties such 
as banks, financial services partners or ecosystem apps. We 
understand how much our customers and partners rely on 
being able to access the Xero platform at any time, from any 
location, on any device. Our site performance and customer 
experience are central to the value we deliver. 
Like any software as a service (SaaS) platform, from time 
to time we do encounter technical issues that impact 
our platform performance and therefore our customers’ 
experience. In FY23, this included some issues with bank 
feeds that we have worked to resolve internally and with 
our providers. During the year, we introduced new ways of 
monitoring our platform performance, which has remained 
strong throughout the year.
Product innovation and development
In FY23, we invested $597 million in product design and 
development. We continue to focus our efforts on delivering 
Xero’s vision to be the most insightful and trusted small 
business platform. Xero remains focused on delivering 
ongoing value for customers through our product and 
technology efforts each year, while continuing to invest in a 
multi-year platform modernisation strategy to unlock long 
term efficiency, scalability, productivity and speed to market 
improvements.
Innovating to meet our customers’ evolving needs is key to 
maintaining customer loyalty. Our approach is to balance 
this by responding to today’s needs and building products 
and features that will benefit our customers in the future.
Xero customer Must Love (US)
During the year, we  
introduced new ways of 
monitoring our platform 
performance, which has 
remained strong throughout 
the year

Xero Annual Report 2023
45
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
FY23 product initiatives and delivery highlights:
Global
•	 Progressed implementation of changes across our 
practice tools to provide a single source of truth for 
client data across Xero Practice Manager (XPM), Xero 
HQ and Xero Tax
•	 Enhanced our reporting functionality to help 
customers get quick access to the answers they need, 
enjoy powerful customisations and streamline their 
analysis
•	 Incorporated machine learning into Hubdoc to identify 
when a document may be a credit note and flag  
it for review
•	 Launched a new beta for Xero Analytics 
Plus that harnesses the power of 
artificial intelligence to predict bill and 
invoice payments
UK
•	 Launched Xero Go — a mobile app 
designed to ease the burden of financial 
administration for self-employed businesses 
and their advisors in the UK, and introduced bank 
feeds as an optional paid add-on
•	 Expanded our partnership with GoCardless, a global 
leader in direct bank payment solutions, to provide its 
Instant Bank Pay feature to Xero’s customers
•	 Launched document packs in Xero HQ, which  
allows accountants and bookkeepers to easily collate 
documents and gather electronic signatures  
from clients
North America
•	 Announced a new partnership, and launched a 
closed beta trial, with Avalara in the US to build an 
integration that automates the sales tax compliance 
journey from within the Xero platform
•	 Launched an integration with Bank of Montreal (BMO) 
to create a direct bank feed in Canada and the US for 
small business
•	 Rolled out updates to our Canadian tax offering 
to provide a more seamless experience, including 
an expanded TaxCycle integration, which includes 
support for the T2125 and T776 forms and an updated 
tax (GIFI) mapping experience in Xero
•	 Launched an integration with Envestnet Yodlee that 
deepens our partnership to access new direct bank 
feeds in the US and Canada
•	 Developed a new Hubdoc bank statement 
extraction feature which supports US and 
Canada customers to instantly import and 
reconcile transaction data from PDF bank 
statements from certain banks
Australia and New Zealand
•	 Introduced updates to Xero Payroll in Australia to help 
small businesses manage compliance by ensuring all 
three stages of the Single Touch Payroll (STP) Phase 2 
transition are available
•	 Launched Payroll history to provide an easy-to-
access audit trail of changes made within Xero by a 
small business owner, advisor or app partner to help 
understand, track, manage and troubleshoot changes 
to employee details
•	 In April 2023, Planday was made available for 
Australian small businesses who pay their staff under 
the Retail and Clerks awards. We continue to work 
on making Planday available for customers under the 
Hospitality Award
•	 Added more fields in Xero Tax in Australia 
to provide richer data and updated the  
multi-factor authentication process
•	 Made improvements to eInvoicing 
including the ability to autocode 
incoming eInvoices from suppliers 
Rest of World
•	 Launched Rand (ZAR) billing to customers in South 
Africa to assist customers and partners to consistently 
plan for subscription costs in their local currency
•	 Made improvements for Singapore 
customers to reflect compliance changes, 
including a new GST rate and changes to 
tax rates for low-value goods

Xero Annual Report 2023
46
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
Managing cybersecurity risks and 
protecting data
We take a multi-layered and risk-based approach to 
managing security through the use of cutting edge security 
technology, a robust security risk management process and 
working to keep security considerations front of mind for all 
our people. 
We have clear roles and responsibilities with respect to 
cybersecurity. We continuously improve our approach 
to security and regularly introduce new capabilities and 
process enhancements to further strengthen our security 
posture, including launching a new Bug Bounty program 
in FY23 and regularly running technical incident response 
drills. We also established a comprehensive ‘Security 
Champions Program’ with representatives from across 
our business attending monthly workshops and events to 
enhance our internal security culture, a reflection of our 
strong commitment to information security. 
Security is everyone’s responsibility and all our employees 
are required to undergo annual security training1. As at  
31 March 2023, 78.5%2 of our employees had completed 
our security training. While we expect all our employees to 
complete the training, we may not reach every person every 
year for various reasons such as extended employee leave. 
We remain focused on uplifting the completion rate and are 
confident our multi-faceted approach to security provides 
adequate protection. 
The Security Governance Group, comprised of executives 
with responsibility for Security, Data, Customer, Legal, 
Product, Technology and Risk, meets regularly and provides 
management-level governance of security issues. The Board 
has oversight of security through quarterly updates to 
the Audit and Risk Management Committee and regularly 
reviews external cybersecurity frameworks including from 
the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 
and Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD).
We have a comprehensive cyber strategy in place which 
is regularly reviewed and is also updated in the event of 
material changes to our internal and external environment, 
including external threat level changes, materially significant 
changes in business direction and heightened legislative and 
regulatory requirements.
Our information security management system is certified to 
the International Standards Organization Standard 27001 
(ISO/IEC 27001:2013). Our information security management 
system also meets the Trust Services Criteria for Security, 
Availability and Confidentiality as defined by the Association 
of International Certified Professional Accountants 
(AICPA) which is documented in our SOC2 report. For more 
information about our security certifications and credentials, 
please visit our website: www.xero.com/security
Cyber risk is an organisational risk embedded in our overall 
risk management framework. Given the constantly changing 
nature of the external threat landscape, we regularly review 
security risks and controls to confirm they are managed in 
line with our business risk appetite and responsibility to 
build and operate a trusted platform. 
Data protection and using data responsibly
Our customers and partners play a key role in our overall 
approach to security. We invest heavily in protecting the 
data on the Xero platform, all of which is stored with our 
trusted third-party data storage providers. We work closely 
with these providers to assess their information security 
practices against our standards. 
We also publish a range of free educational resources to help 
our customers understand and protect themselves against 
the risk of cybercrime and data loss. 
An important aspect of protecting data is using it 
responsibly. We believe using data responsibly is in 
everyone’s interest, including our small business customers, 
advisors, suppliers and our partners. We require all our 
people1 to undertake annual Responsible Data Use training.
We have a comprehensive 
cyber strategy in place 
which is regularly reviewed 
and is also updated in the 
event of material changes 
to our internal and 
external environment
1 Does not include employees of Planday
2 The completion percentage represents the active employees at 31 March 2023 who completed the training during FY23

Xero Annual Report 2023
47
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
3 www.xero.com/data/for-small-businesses
4 Australia - Office of the Australian Information Commissioner; Canada - Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada; New Zealand - Privacy 
Commissioner; Singapore - Personal Data Protection Commission; South Africa - Office of the Information Regulator; UK - Information Commissioner’s 
Office; USA (California) - State of California Department of Justice; Sweden - Swedish Authority for Privacy Protection
5 Does not include employees of Planday
In FY23, we also undertook several initiatives to support our 
continued responsible use of data. This included:
•	 Strengthening our approach to assessing data risk, which 
included a new approach to considering any ‘unintended 
consequences’ of automated decision-making systems
•	 Updating our Responsible Data Use Policy to set  
clear expectations for our people on managing our 
customers’ data
•	 Embedding relevant guidance into our Product 
Framework to ensure it’s available to remind and guide 
teams on their obligations at the relevant points in the 
delivery of new features
For more information on how we approach responsible data 
use, and our commitments to using data responsibly please 
visit our website: www.xero.com/data/commitments
We also use anonymised customer data for secondary 
purposes, both to generate insights into the small business 
economy and to enhance our product and service offerings 
for our customers. We regularly share these aggregated and 
anonymised insights, for instance through the Xero Small 
Business Insights (XSBI) program. We do not charge a fee 
for access to XSBI. Our use of customer data aligns with our 
Responsible Data Use Commitments.
Supporting customers
We continued the work of the Responsible Data Use Advisory 
Council, welcoming two additional members with a specialist 
focus on Data Privacy, and Strategic Data Use3. The council 
met quarterly throughout the year to explore current topics 
and develop materials to assist small businesses to protect 
their customers’ data and use it in responsible ways. 
Protecting our customers’ privacy
To be the most trusted and insightful small business 
platform means we must respect our customers’ privacy. 
We process a lot of personal data – about our customers, 
their employees, vendors and other parties. How we treat 
personal data is important to make sure we meet the 
expectations of those who have entrusted us with it and to 
comply with legal requirements. 
During FY23 we notifid the Office of the Australian 
Information Commissioner (OAIC) of one privacy incident 
that occurred in June 2022. The matter was closed by 
the OAIC in October 2022 without further investigation. 
Affected customers were also notified. We are not aware of 
any further privacy incidents in FY23 that met the threshold 
for notification to a relevant authority4. Therefore, no other 
notifications were required to be made to the relevant 
authority in FY23.
Privacy and data governance framework
We have a robust privacy and data governance framework. 
This includes security, privacy, and data governance policies, 
as well as data classification and control standards which 
ensure that more sensitive data gets higher and appropriate 
levels of protection. New projects that potentially involve 
new or changed data use complete a data use assessment. 
Projects that are identified as potentially higher-risk must 
undergo a data protection impact assessment (DPIA) to 
identify the privacy impact, and set out recommendations 
for managing, minimising or eliminating that impact. The 
DPIA also forms a critical element of our approach to 
responsible data use and our data controls for personal 
data. This process was further enhanced in FY23 with the 
introduction of a privacy and risk management program.
All Xero employees5 are required to undertake annual privacy 
training, to understand what personal data is and what 
we can all do to help protect it. This training includes an 
assessment that they are required to pass upon completion 
of the course. We also run periodic awareness campaigns 
with our people.
For more information on how we collect, store, retain,  
share and manage customer data, please refer to our  
Privacy Notice.

Xero Annual Report 2023
48
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA

Xero Annual Report 2023
49
PLATFORM, TECHNOLOGY AND DATA
Xero customer Must Love (US)

Xero Annual Report 2023
50
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL

Xero Annual Report 2023
51
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Social and 
Environmental
Material matters: Climate action and energy management 
| Responsible supply chain and modern slavery | 
Community support, engagement and partnerships |  
Waste management and responsible use of resources
Trust is central to our vision and our strategic priority to build 
for global scale and innovation. We strive to act with integrity, 
authenticity and in line with our values in order to maintain and 
further nurture trust with everyone connected to our business. 
This trust allows us to be considered as a partner of choice 
for our customers, the employer of choice for our people and 
future employees, responsible stewards for our shareholders, 
and the platform of choice by users and developers. 
One key way we build stakeholder trust is by caring for the 
environment and helping our customers, partners, suppliers 
and communities thrive within a resilient and sustainable  
value chain. 
The key ways in which we deliver this are:
•	 Climate action and energy management1 
•	 Waste management and responsible use of resources
•	 Commitment to a responsible supply chain and to 
preventing modern slavery
•	 Provision of community support, engagement and 
partnerships
1 Including supporting and disclosing under the framework of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
2 We apply for Climate Active carbon neutral certification annually in arrears in October. In FY23, our certification for FY22 was maintained. We will report 
the outcome of our FY23 certification application in the FY24 Annual Report
3 Refer to our TCFD statement on our website: www.xero.com/sustainability for details around progress against our TCFD activities identified for FY23
KPIs
Performance vs target
FY23 performance
Maintain carbon neutral certification through the 
purchase of Verified Carbon Standard offsets of carbon 
emissions2
Certification for FY22 achieved 
in FY23
Implement the recommendations of the Task Force on 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)3
Progress has been made 
against all of Xero’s TCFD 
roadmap activities identified 
for FY23
Reduce Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 42% by 
2030 from FY20 baseline
In progress
973 tCO2e 
-1.3% on FY20 base year
Reduce Scope 3 carbon emissions by 17% by 2030 from 
FY20 baseline
In progress
11,242 tCO2e 
-4.1% on FY20 base year
Reduce carbon emissions intensity 
2.4 tCO2e / FTE  
-42.2% on FY20 base year
Diversion of waste from landfill
N/A
58.4%
Employee completion of modern slavery  
awareness training
81.1%
Global community contributions
N/A
More than $3.5 million
We measure our progress in achieving this against a number of key indicators: 

Xero Annual Report 2023
52
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Climate action and energy management
Minimising our environmental footprint and operating in 
a reliable and transparent way are important to attracting 
and retaining talent, maintaining the trust of our customers 
and shareholders, and to protecting and growing the value 
of Xero. We have an active role to play in taking meaningful 
action on climate change and supporting the transition to a 
net-zero economy as Xero continues to grow.
In 2019, we launched our Net Zero @ Xero program. We 
started by offsetting 100% of our carbon emissions across 
Scopes 1, 2 and 3 annually, allowing us to receive carbon 
neutral certification by the Australian Government’s Climate 
Active program. While we’ve made progress, we acknowledge 
we still have more to do. 
We have now taken the next steps towards net-zero and 
have set company-wide emissions reduction targets in 
line with climate science, aligned to the goals of the Paris 
Agreement. The targets we’ve committed to were designed 
with Xero’s growth ambitions in mind. They were established 
through extensive modelling and provide clear pathways 
for us to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions. From an 
FY20 baseline, we have committed to reduce our Scope 
1 and 2 emissions by 42% and our Scope 3 emissions by 
17% by 2030, and to be net-zero by 20504. We have signed 
our commitment to having our targets validated by the 
Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) and our targets were 
submitted to the SBTi organisation for validation in FY23.
Carbon emissions5
We measure our Scope 1, 2 and 36 emissions according to 
the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol for organisations from 
a baseline year of FY20. We have seen a decrease of 3.9% in 
our emissions since FY207. Our FY23 emissions7 increased 
compared to FY22, driven primarily by a resumption 
of global travel (flights) and the return of international 
Xerocon events. Our FY23 information and communications 
technology (ICT) emissions8 are down 63.1% compared to 
FY22 as a result of the decarbonisation actions undertaken 
by our cloud hosting suppliers. In FY23, working from home 
emissions9 decreased and emissions from upstream leased 
assets10 increased, reflecting a return to more office-based 
working. Our emissions intensity (tCO2e per FTE) was 2.40 in 
FY23, 42.2% lower than FY20 base year.
Reducing business travel, improving the sustainability of our 
events and transitioning to renewable energy remain key 
priorities to achieve our 2030 emissions reduction targets. 
Due to differences in Climate Active Technical guidance 
and Science Based Target Net-Zero guidance, we are 
transitioning to reporting in alignment with the Greenhouse 
Gas (GHG) Protocol in our Annual Report and supporting 
documents. This inventory will be used to report our 
progress against our 2030 emissions reduction targets. Our 
Climate Active inventory will continue to be provided in our 
annual Climate Active public disclosure summary available 
on the Australian Government’s Climate Active website.
For more information on the composition of, and actions 
to reduce, our carbon emissions, please refer to our TCFD 
Statement on our website: www.xero.com/sustainability
4 Fewer than 10% of total emissions that require abatement through offsets
5 Xero is a participant in the Australian Government’s Climate Active carbon neutral program. Emissions which have been previously reported have been 
calculated under guidance associated with this scheme and have some variations in alignment with the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol. In FY23, 
reporting GHG protocol aligned figures will be provided for historical years in our Databook, which align with the SBTi target setting approach. These will 
be distinct from the Climate Active inventories
6 We have adopted Scope 3 emission categories from the GHG protocol. These categories capture the following sub categories relevant to Xero: business 
travel (flights, taxi, rideshare, rental car, grey fleet and accommodation), employee commuting (employee commute and working from home), purchased 
goods and services (ICT including cloud services, paper, food & catering and events), upstream leased assets (shared/base building electricity and 
natural gas), waste generated in operations (general waste, recycled waste, organic waste and water), fuel and energy-related activities (fleet fuel and 
purchased electricity not included in Scope 1 or 2)
7 FY23 emissions for this report have been calculated using an extrapolation of activity data from the 9 months of the financial year (1 April to 31 
December). This number will be amended in the FY24 Annual Report using the full financial year activity data
8 ICT emissions are categorised in alignment with GHG Protocol under purchased goods and services in the Scope 3 emissions sources graph below
9 Working from home emissions are categorised in alignment with GHG Protocol under employee commuting in the Scope 3 emission sources graph below
10 Shared/base building electricity and natural gas

Xero Annual Report 2023
53
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Waste management and responsible 
use of resources
We continuously improve our recycling methods and 
look for ways to reduce overall waste, including through 
recycling and composting, and sourcing sustainable 
materials where possible. We saw an overall increase in 
total waste in FY23 as a result of a return to increased 
office-based working. Our focus in this area has been 
on diversion of waste from landfill and in FY23, through 
our initiatives and employee commitment to waste 
minimisation and recycling, we diverted 58.4% of overall 
waste from landfill – an improvement of more than 10% 
year-on-year from FY22. 
For more information on our recycling and waste 
management practices please visit our website: 
www.xero.com/sustainability
15,000
12,000
FY20
tCO₂e
FY20 baseline
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
FY21
FY22
FY2311
FY24
FY25
FY26
FY27
FY28
FY29
FY30
9,000
6,000
3,000
0
Recycling (84,644 t)
Recycling (137,912 t)
General waste/landfill  
(93,434 t)
General waste/landfill  
(98,197 t)
Total (178,078 t)
Diversion rate: 47.5%
Total (236,190 t)
Diversion rate: 58.4%
FY22
FY23
Carbon emissions (metric tonnes of C02 equivalent)
11FY23 emissions for this report have been calculated using an extrapolation of activity data from the 9 months of the financial year (1 April to 31 
December). This number will be amended in the FY24 Annual Report using the full financial year activity data

Xero Annual Report 2023
54
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Xero customer Good Wood (US)

Xero Annual Report 2023
55
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL

Xero Annual Report 2023
56
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Responsible supply chain and 
modern slavery
By behaving ethically and responsibly in every aspect of our 
global operations, right across our value chain, we seek to 
build and maintain the trust of our stakeholders. This means 
holding ourselves accountable for the direct and indirect 
impacts of our actions on the human rights, wellbeing 
and resilience of our partners, customers, suppliers and 
their communities. It also means understanding where the 
risks are in our value chain and what actions we can take 
to mitigate these, or remediate issues we might identify. 
Developing and promoting responsible procurement 
practices is an important part of living our values and 
building greater trust in Xero.
We are committed to working to prevent any form of slavery 
and human trafficking in our operations and supply chains. 
We remain vigilant against key modern slavery risks. We are 
working to refine and implement policies and processes to 
help us monitor and mitigate them, and we regularly assess 
the effectiveness of our actions. We require all our people12 
to undertake Modern Slavery Awareness training in order to 
educate them on forms of modern slavery, help to identify 
the risks, and provide information on how to raise concerns. 
As at 31 March 2023, 81.1% of our employees had completed 
our Modern Slavery Awareness training before the required 
date. For more information about how we manage the risk 
of modern slavery and human trafficking, please refer to our 
FY23 Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement.
12 Does not include employees of Planday 
13 Partnership investments are instances where we have invested financially in a partnership with a ‘for purpose’ organisation, such as a non-profit, or a 
specific activity like sponsoring a campaign that creates positive social or environmental impact
Volunteering – in kind contribution ($375,873)
Cash donations made to non-profit organisations ($90,078)
Partnership investments ($710,601)
Foregone revenue ($2,283,491)
Tech outreach community investments ($104,500)
Community support, engagement and 
partnerships
In FY23, our community contributions totalled more 
than $3.5 million, up 57.6% on our FY22 contributions. 
This increase was driven primarily by uptake of the Xero 
Assistance Program (XAP), discounts given to non-profit 
organisations and paid employee volunteering hours.
We take a holistic approach to calculating our 
contribution to communities, combining cash donations, 
foregone revenue related to discounts given to non-
profit organisations, community support, volunteering 
contributions, and partnership investments13. We use this 
metric to understand the positive impact we are having on 
building the resilience of the global communities in which 
we operate, and to inform the development of our overall 
philanthropy strategy.
Bringing to life our #human value, our people embrace 
these opportunities and are often the driving force behind 
this work. As part of our Community Connect volunteering 
program, every permanent Xero employee is encouraged to 
take a day of paid volunteering leave each year to dedicate 
to community causes that matter to them. We have a global 
network of social and environmental impact heroes who help 
us to engage our people with the communities in which they 
live and work, and prioritise the initiatives that make the 
most impact. 
Community contribution FY23: more than 
$3.5 million

Xero Annual Report 2023
57
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
Supporting small businesses to become  
more sustainable
We are also investing in helping small businesses to 
become more sustainable, through our education tools and 
partnerships. Xero recognises that every business has a role 
to play in supporting the transition to a net-zero economy 
and we are in a unique position to help small businesses take 
steps in their sustainability journey. In FY23, we announced a 
partnership with sustainability fintech Cogo in Australia and 
welcomed UK-based climate tech start-up Ecologi into our 
ecosystem. Working with companies like Cogo and Ecologi 
will help provide small businesses in Australia and the UK 
with tools to better understand their carbon footprint and 
take action to reduce it.
For more information on how we support small business 
sustainability please visit our website: 
www.xero.com/sustainability/small-business
Supporting the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals 
In FY23, we joined the United Nations Global Compact 
Network Australia (UNGCNA). The UN Global Compact 
is the world’s largest corporate sustainability initiative 
– working to transform businesses and encouraging 
adoption of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 
UNGCNA convenes participants and leading practitioners 
from business, government, academia, and the 
community to create opportunities for knowledge 
exchange across sectors. Through this membership, 
we will work collaboratively with peers to advance our 
sustainability priorities including; human and labour 
rights, environment and climate change, bribery 
prevention, and governance. For more information please 
visit our website: www.xero.com/sustainability
Xero customer Good Wood (US)

Xero Annual Report 2023
58
FINANCIAL

Xero Annual Report 2023
59
FINANCIAL
Financial
The significant opportunity in our markets means our priority 
is to drive disciplined growth and long-term value creation.  
We support the execution of our vision and strategy by aligning 
to these in the operational and financial decisions we make, 
through our annual planning, budgeting and capital  
allocation process.
We regularly monitor our financial performance and position 
through detailed financial analysis. This enables a responsive 
approach to spending and investment, according to the 
economic environment and business conditions in which we 
operate. We have well-established governance and oversight 
practices including through our Board and Audit and Risk 
Management Committee.
There are three key ways we seek to deliver financial value:
•	 Generating returns in the form of strong cash flows within 
the business
•	 Allocating cash generated into growth opportunities 
to drive revenue and future cash flows subject to our 
investment criteria
•	 Maintaining a strong balance sheet and access to liquidity
KPIs
FY23 performance
Operating revenue growth
28% (25% in constant currency)
Gross profit
$1,222 million
LTV/CAC
6.5 times
EBITDA
$158 million
Adjusted EBITDA
$302 million
Free cash flow
$102 million
Available liquidity
$1.1 billion 
We measure our progress, support our strategy and vision, and create long-term 
value for our shareholders using a number of key indicators: 

Xero Annual Report 2023
60
The financial strength of our business model is 
demonstrated through our Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles (GAAP) as well as non-GAAP financial measures 
including SaaS metrics, which should be considered together 
and are discussed in the sections Our Performance (pages 
69 - 82) and Financial Statements (pages 83 - 121).
Generating returns
Our strategic priorities and focus on building for global scale 
and innovation guide the way we invest to generate  
long-term financial value. As we seek to take a more 
balanced approach to growth and profitability, while 
delivering value to customers, we adopt a disciplined 
approach to cost management. This enables us to be 
dynamic and measured in the way we drive value creation 
over the short, medium and longer term, balancing short-
term performance and long-term growth. These initiatives 
include building new products and functionality, entering 
into partnerships, and acquiring businesses that are a 
strategic fit. When considering where to invest our capital, 
we take into account a balance across gross profit, free 
cash flow, return on investment, and Lifetime Value (LTV)/
Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC). 
In FY23, Xero’s gross profit increased $265 million to 
$1,222 million, due to revenue growth (as discussed in the 
next section), along with maintaining efficiency in Xero’s 
customer support teams and hosting costs for our cloud-
based products.
Xero’s LTV/CAC ratio fell to 6.5 at 31 March 2023, driven by 
a 14% increase in the average cost of acquiring a subscriber, 
offset by a 10% increase in Average Revenue per User 
(ARPU). The increase in the average customer acquisition 
cost was due to the impact of three Xerocon events in FY23, 
inflationary pressures and investment to drive growth across 
all regions. We also continued to focus on growing our 
International markets, which are comparatively less efficient 
than those in ANZ.
In March 2023, we announced a program to streamline and 
simplify our operations, realign the business to drive greater 
efficiency, and better balance growth and profitability for the 
future. The financial benefits of reshaping our organisational 
structure are expected to take effect in FY24, with costs 
associated with this program incurred in FY23.
EBITDA, which is another earnings-based indicator we use 
to assess financial performance, decreased by 26% to $158 
million in the period. This reduction mainly reflected the 
impact of non-cash impairments, along with the impact of 
our restructuring program.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by 45% to $302 million in the 
period. This increase was due to operating revenue growth 
exceeding the growth in operating expenses excluding 
restructuring costs. Further details can be found in the Our 
Performance section on page 71.
During FY23 free cash flow improved by more than $100 
million, from $2.1 million in FY22 to $102.3 million in FY23. 
This reflects operational efficiencies while disciplined 
customer focused growth is balanced with profitability.
See the Our Performance section on pages 69-82 for further 
information on gross profit, LTV/CAC, EBITDA, adjusted 
EBITDA and free cash flow.
Allocating cash generated into growth 
opportunities
Revenue growth can be considered in the context of two of 
our strategic priorities – driving cloud accounting adoption 
and growing the small business platform. We measure the 
contribution to revenue from the first of these strategic 
priorities primarily through growth in subscriber numbers. 
The contribution of the second strategic priority is measured 
through growth in ARPU and other operating revenues. 
Together, these are core drivers of operating revenue growth, 
for which our key performance indicators also include 
Average Monthly Recurring Revenue (AMRR).
Operating revenue grew 28% (25% in constant currency) in 
FY23, and AMRR grew by 26% (23% in constant currency). 
This was primarily driven by subscriber growth of 14%.
In addition, operating revenue and ARPU increased as a 
result of:
•	 Price changes to reflect the value of enhanced features 
and functions of the Xero offering
•	 Financial services-related revenue such as bill and invoice 
payments through financial service providers
•	 Other platform revenue such as Planday and Xero  
add-ons, including Payroll
•	 Favourable FX movements
See the Our Performance section on pages 69-82 for further 
information on Operating Revenue, ARPU and AMRR.
FINANCIAL

Xero Annual Report 2023
61
Maintaining a strong balance sheet and 
access to liquidity
Maintaining a strong balance sheet ensures value creation by 
providing a foundation to sustainably support investments 
that are aligned to our strategic priorities. Xero’s balance 
sheet is structured to support our business model, maximise 
financial performance, and withstand potential adverse 
changes to operating conditions. We do this through 
investment in assets that generate positive cash flows, while 
maintaining access to liquidity.
Xero’s Treasury Policy sets out parameters for management 
to operate within in order to protect Xero’s financial 
assets and manage risk within approved limits. The policy 
covers our key treasury risks including liquidity, treasury 
counterparty credit, and foreign exchange management, and 
governs the day-to-day treasury operations. Compliance with 
the policy is overseen by the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee and the policy is reviewed annually. 
Our balance sheet is further strengthened by the role our 
people and culture play in driving innovation to create our 
most valuable assets – our software development, or the 
new products and functionality we have built, that are tools 
for small businesses and their advisors. For more information 
on investment in these areas, see the People and Culture 
section (page 25) and the Platform, Technology and Data 
section on (page 43).
Cash flows from investing activities, as per the Statement of 
Cash Flows in the Financial Statements (page 91), decreased 
by 29%, or $125 million, from FY22. This decrease was due 
to business acquisition costs, due to the purchases of the 
Planday, Tickstar, LOCATE, and TaxCycle businesses that 
occurred in the prior year.
Total available liquidity (defined as cash and cash 
equivalents, short-term deposits, and undrawn committed 
debt facilities) is broken down below: 
During the year, Xero reduced its short-term debt facilities  
as part of ongoing capital management. This included 
decisions not to renew its undrawn NZD150 million standby 
debt facility and cancelling facilities related to the  
Waddle direct lending portfolio, due to the decision to exit 
the Waddle business.
Approach to tax 
Xero takes its responsibilities as a participant in the New 
Zealand and international tax systems seriously. We seek 
to comply with all applicable tax laws and regulations that 
apply to the Xero Group, and to pay the amount of tax that is 
required to be paid in the countries where we operate. 
We manage our tax affairs in accordance with the Xero Tax 
Risk Strategy and Control Framework, which was approved 
by the Xero Board this year. The purpose of that framework 
is to ensure that Xero: 
•	 Manages its tax obligations within the law, and in a 
manner that builds trust with Xero’s stakeholders 
•	 Undertakes all transactions with a clear business purpose 
or commercial rationale 
•	 Develops and maintains open, transparent and 
collaborative relationships with the tax authorities in the 
countries in which we operate
More information about Xero’s approach to tax can be found 
in our Xero Tax Strategy Statement.
Available Liquidity
Amount as at 31 
March 2023
Cash and cash equivalents
$231 million
Short-term deposits
$887 million
Undrawn committed debt facilities
$0 million
Total
$1.1 billion
TAX
FINANCIAL

Xero Annual Report 2023
62
GOVERNANCE
Governance
Xero’s purpose is to make life better for people in small business, their advisors and communities around the world. Xero is a purpose-
led, values-driven business and the Board of Xero (Board) is committed to a culture that seeks to embed and uphold high standards of 
corporate governance. The Board recognises the importance of this to good decision-making and long-term value creation.
Xero’s corporate governance framework is designed to deliver on Xero’s purpose and strategy, support Xero’s operations, monitor 
performance, and manage risk. The framework does this in a manner that reflects Xero’s values and the digital, global and high-growth 
nature of Xero’s business. As Xero grows and evolves, so do the expectations of Xero’s shareholders and other stakeholders, and the 
Board is committed to a continuous improvement approach to corporate governance. 
The Board continues to be well supported by its three standing Committees: the Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARM 
Committee), the People and Remuneration Committee (P&R Committee), and the Nominations Committee.
Leadership Team
CEO
Our People
Xero Board
The role of the Board is to demonstrate leadership, represent Xero’s 
shareholders and promote and protect the interests of the company in the 
short and long-term. The Board is responsible for the overall governance, 
management and strategic direction of Xero and for delivering accountable 
corporate performance in accordance with Xero’s purpose, strategy  
and values
Audit & Risk 
Management 
Committee
People & 
Remuneration 
Committee
Nominations 
Committee
Xero’s Governance Framework
Key
 
Accountability, 
reporting
 
 
 
 
Delegation, direction, 
resources, oversight
 
Further information about Xero’s Corporate Governance Framework,  
including the responsibilities of each Committee, is set out in our Corporate 
Governance Statement. This is available on Xero’s Investor Centre at  
www.xero.com/about/investors/governance, together with our key governance 
policies, Code of Conduct, and Board and Committee Charters. 
Shareholders and stakeholders
Purpose, values and culture
Risk management
Strategy
Independent assurance and advice
Policies, systems and processes

Xero Annual Report 2023
63
GOVERNANCE
Xero Board
David is a business leader focused on innovation, technology 
and telecommunications, with more than 30 years’ experience 
creating brand and shareholder value. He is Chair of the Xero 
Board and a non-executive director of Ramsay Health Care, a 
global hospital group.
David was CEO of IBM Australia and New Zealand and Telstra, 
and has wide experience as a board director including 
as a past director of Vodafone Group, CSIRO, CSL, and 
TelstraClear. David has a Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology 
and English from Victoria University of Wellington and 
completed the post-graduate General Management Program 
at Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management. 
David received an honorary Doctorate in Science from Deakin 
University in 2016, an honorary Doctorate in Technology from 
University of Technology in 2018, and was recognised for his 
services to business and ethical business leadership with an 
Order of Australia (AO) in 2017.
Mark is an experienced professional director with more than 
20 years of international experience in corporate finance and 
investment banking. He is currently the chair of Chorus, a 
board member of the Accident Compensation Corporation 
(ACC) New Zealand, and chair of the ACC Investment 
Committee. His recent previous directorships include Z 
Energy and Milford Asset Management (chair).
Mark was at Deutsche Bank for 10 years, initially based 
in Sydney in mergers and acquisitions, then in London 
as a managing director and co-head of a European M&A 
industry group. Mark holds a Bachelor of Business Studies 
(Accounting & Finance) from Massey University New 
Zealand, is a member of Chartered Accountants Australia 
and New Zealand, a chartered member of the New Zealand 
Institute of Directors, and a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors.
For more than a decade, Rod led Xero to be a global 
software business and S&P/ASX 100 company. Rod started 
his career at Ernst & Young and went on to establish and 
lead a number of innovative technology businesses. Rod 
was formerly an independent director of the NZX and Trade 
Me. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration 
(Accounting, Information Systems) from Victoria University 
of Wellington. At the Deloitte Top 200 Awards in 2017, Rod 
was named Visionary Leader of the Year. He was named 
Ernst & Young New Zealand Entrepreneur of the Year in 2013, 
and is a member of the New Zealand Hi-Tech Hall of Fame.
Steven is an entrepreneur and professional director with 
more than 25 years’ experience in creating and delivering 
products within the technology and accounting software 
industries. Steven is currently a non-executive director of 
Semrush, an online visibility management SaaS platform, 
and a previous non-executive director of Avantax.
Steven has held a range of senior executive roles, including 
at GoDaddy, the world’s largest services platform for 
entrepreneurs, where most recently he was chief product 
officer. Prior to this, Steven was the CEO of Outright, an 
online bookkeeping service, which was acquired by GoDaddy. 
Steven has also held various senior management roles at 
Intuit, including vice president of strategy and innovation for 
the small business division. Steven holds a Bachelor of Arts 
in Physics from the University of North Carolina and a Master 
of Business Administration from Stanford University.
David Thodey, AO 
Chair of the Board
Australia
Independent director since June 2019  
and Chair since February 2020
Nominations Committee (Chair) 
People and Remuneration Committee
Steven Aldrich 
Non-executive director
United States
Independent director since October 2020
People and Remuneration Committee
Mark Cross 
Non-executive director
New Zealand
Independent director since April 2020
Audit and Risk Management Committee (Chair)
People and Remuneration Committee
Rod Drury 
Xero founder / Non-executive director
New Zealand
Director since July 2006
Nominations Committee

Xero Annual Report 2023
64
GOVERNANCE
Lee has more than 20 years’ experience internationally 
in the financial services industry and has held senior 
executive roles in marketing, strategy and risk in large-scale 
customer-facing businesses. In 2022, Lee joined Block - she 
holds the roles of lead, Cash App Financial Operations and 
Co-Lead of Global. Lee was recognised by IBM as one of 40 
Women Leaders in Artificial Intelligence across the globe 
for her work in delivering world-first innovations. Lee holds 
a Bachelor of Business from the Auckland University of 
Technology, and is an alumni of the Berkeley Haas School of 
Business. She is also a member of Chief Executive Women, 
which represents Australia’s most senior and distinguished 
female leaders.
Dale is an experienced non-executive director and former 
technology entrepreneur and CEO. Dale is currently a non-
executive director at the Cranemere Group, Jupiter Fund 
Management, Rated People, LendInvest, and Lightspeed 
Commerce and is a board advisor to Accelerate:Her. She was 
formerly a non-executive director and trustee for the Peter 
Jones Foundation, a non-executive director at Sussex Place 
Ventures and at the Department for Business, Innovation & 
Skills (UK).
Dale co-founded and was CEO of mobile pioneer Omega 
Logic in 1999, which co-launched prepay top-ups in the UK, 
leading the growth of top-up transactions to £450m within 
five years. She then turned to investing and advising startups 
and won the British Angel Investor of the Year award in 
2011. She holds a Master of Business Administration from 
the London Business School and served on the Business 
Taskforce on EU Redtape for the British Prime Minister in 
2013. Dale was made Commander of the Most Excellent 
Order of the British Empire (CBE) by Her Majesty Queen 
Elizabeth II in 2013, for services to business.
Susan is an experienced non-executive director and business 
leader with a particular interest in helping companies to drive 
growth through technology, innovation and organisational 
culture. Susan is currently the chair of Vista Group and an 
independent director of Arvida Group, Mercury NZ, and Craigs 
Investment Partners.
Susan is also a board member of non-profit Global Women 
and was previously a member of the New Zealand Markets 
Disciplinary Tribunal. Susan is a past director of ASB Bank and 
Trustpower and a past ministerial appointee to the National 
Advisory Council on the Employment of Women. Susan holds 
a Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws from the 
University of Otago.
Brian is a professional director who has extensive experience 
from his career as an executive and CEO driving growth and 
innovation for leading technology, software-as-a-service and 
cloud-based companies. His experience includes leading 
Pandora Media, a streaming music provider in the US, and 
aQuantive, a digital marketing services and technology 
company that was acquired by Microsoft.
Brian is currently lead director of Frontdoor, the largest 
provider of home service plans in the United States, and is 
presiding director on the board of The New York Times. He 
was previously a director of Chewy and Teledoc Health and 
chairman of Grubhub.
Brian has been included in the National Association of 
Corporate Directors Directorship 100, which recognises the 
most influential board members. He holds a Bachelor of Arts 
with Honors in Economics from Harvard College and a Master 
of Business Administration from the Stanford Graduate 
School of Business.
Lee Hatton 
Non-executive director
Australia
Independent director since April 2014
Audit and Risk Management Committee
Brian McAndrews 
Non-executive director
United States
Independent director since February 2022
Audit and Risk Management Committee
Dale Murray, CBE 
Non-executive director
United Kingdom
Independent director since April 2018
Audit and Risk Management Committee
Susan Peterson 
Non-executive director
New Zealand 
Independent director since February 2017
People and Remuneration Committee (Chair)
Nominations Committee

Xero Annual Report 2023
65
GOVERNANCE
Board diversity and tenure
Gender
Location
Race and ethnicity
Tenure
Male 62.5% (5 directors)
NZ 37.5% (3 directors)
White and/or European 
heritage 100%
0-3 years 37.5% (3 directors)
Female 37.5% (3 directors)
AU 25.0% (2 directors)
3-6 years 25.0% (2 directors)
UK 12.5% (1 director)
US 25.0% (2 directors)
6-9 years 25.0% (2 directors)
9+ years 12.5% (1 director)

Xero Annual Report 2023
66
GOVERNANCE
Skills matrix 
The Board regularly considers the desired mix of skills, experience, knowledge and capabilities to effectively govern Xero now and 
in the future. In FY23, these capabilities were updated and the current directors’ relevant skills and experience were assessed 
with reference to the desired capabilities. The result of this assessment is set out in the table below. Following this assessment, 
the Board is satisfied that it continues to have the appropriate mix of skills and experience necessary to fulfil the Board’s role in 
leading a global SaaS business. 
The Board skills assessment helps inform the Board’s renewal and succession planning and helps identify opportunities for 
professional development for existing directors. When considering Board composition, the Board also has regard to the desired 
personal attributes of directors, including alignment with Xero’s values, and the benefits of geographic diversity, cultural, ethnic or 
racial diversity, gender diversity, age diversity, and diversity of thought.
Capability
Number of directors with the capability
High capability¹
Moderate capability2
Global Markets
Experience in Xero’s current and emerging global markets including scaling global 
businesses with large customer bases
2
6
Software as a service (SaaS) Technology and Data
Experience in SaaS, cloud, digital platforms and data
3
5
Digital Product Management
Experience in digital product management, technology trends, and implications 
and the software and technology product value chain
4
4
Sales, Marketing and Customer Experience
Experience in customer insight and advocacy, sales, marketing and business 
development
6
2
Strategy
Strategy and corporate development including M&A and strategic partnerships
8
-
Financial Acumen
Qualifications or experience in corporate finance, financial accounting, and capital 
markets
2
5
Governance and Risk Management
Experience as a director on a listed company board including expertise in investor 
engagement, governance, compliance, sustainability and risk management 
principles, policies and frameworks
6
2
People and culture
Experience in setting remuneration frameworks, workforce planning, talent 
management, culture, and the promotion of diversity, equity and inclusion
7
1
Executive Leadership
Experience as a senior executive in a large organisation or listed company
8
-
¹ High capability: High level of knowledge or experience in the relevant skill area. High level of proficiency and experience in applying the skill, including in 
complex situations, as a senior executive or board member
² Moderate capability: Sound knowledge and understanding of the relevant skill through either experience, application in Board and Committee activities 
and/or through training and professional development activities

Xero Annual Report 2023
67
GOVERNANCE
Key areas of Board focus
Strategy and investment for sustainable  
long-term growth
The Board remains focused on the significant long-term 
opportunity for cloud accounting, and overseeing Xero’s 
strategy and capital allocation to take advantage of this. 
The Board has recognised that investors are more focused 
on balancing growth and profitability in our sector. In 
this context, along with inflationary pressures, we have 
increased our focus on operating costs and the returns 
that we generate from our investments. As noted in the 
Chair’s Review, the Board worked with management to 
streamline Xero’s operations, realign the business to drive 
greater operating efficiency, and better balance growth and 
profitability. 
Further detail on Xero’s strategy can be found on  
pages 16 and 17.
Board and executive succession
In FY23, the Board appointed Sukhinder Singh Cassidy 
as Xero’s new CEO from 1 February 2023, following the 
retirement of Steve Vamos. Sukhinder’s appointment 
followed a rigorous global recruitment process led by the 
Nominations Committee and recognises that as we continue 
to grow and scale our global footprint, the experience 
requirements of our leadership continues to evolve. 
The Board, supported by the P&R Committee, oversees 
senior executive succession and development planning to 
ensure that the leadership team has the skills required to 
deliver on Xero’s strategy, underpinned by a robust talent 
pipeline. In FY23, Angad Soin (Chief Business Operations 
& Strategy Officer) was appointed to Xero’s executive 
leadership team, and in March 2023 we were pleased to 
announce the appointment of Diya Jolly (Chief Product 
Officer) who joined the team in April 2023.
Board performance and governance 
Each year the Board undertakes an evaluation of its 
performance. In FY23, the Board conducted an externally 
facilitated performance review. The process included the 
use of confidential in-depth questionnaires and one-on-
one interviews with directors and management. Overall, 
this review concluded that the performance of the Board 
and its Committees continues to be sound. The Board has 
identified actions to continue to support its focus on being 
a consistently high-performing Board, including actions 
related to setting up and supporting the new CEO for 
success, ongoing Board succession planning and capability, 
and continuing to refine the Board’s operating rhythm.
During the year the Board invested time to consider 
opportunities for continuous improvement in its overall 
governance practices and the efficiency of its decision 
making as a global board. As a result, it will work with 
management to implement a number of improvements to its 
operating rhythm during FY24. 
Further details on Xero’s Board can be found in Xero’s 
Corporate Governance Statement, available on Xero’s 
Investor Centre.
Risk
The Board, supported by the ARM Committee, continued 
to oversee the implementation of Xero’s risk management 
framework and the effectiveness of systems, controls and 
processes. The ARM Committee receives regular ‘deep dive’ 
updates on key risk areas including strategic, operational, 
legal and compliance, financial and emerging risks. The 
Board and ARM Committee received regular updates on 
focus areas including cyber and considered macro-level 
impacts that may present risks or opportunities to Xero 
meeting our long-term strategic objectives. 
In FY23, the Board approved ‘Risk Guardrails”, including the 
key risk appetite principles, that build on Xero’s existing risk 
appetite guidance to support decision-making, planning and 
risk management activities across Xero.
Further details on Xero’s approach to risk can be found on 
pages 19 to 23.

Xero Annual Report 2023
68
GOVERNANCE
People and culture
The organisational changes announced in March 2023 
included the difficult decision to reduce 700-800 roles 
across Xero globally. Xero remains focused on developing 
and preserving our culture and cultivating our talent. The 
impact of reshaping our organisational structure will flow 
through in FY24. 
Xero’s people remain critical to our success and the Board 
is committed to having regular and meaningful engagement 
with our people, including through site visits and “ask 
me anything” sessions, and the insights from this inform 
the Board’s decision-making and strategy development. 
The Board closely monitors key people metrics including 
employee net promoter score (eNPS) and engagement for 
our people, both globally and by senior leadership team 
member. 
In FY23, an Employee Rewards Optimisation Survey was 
launched to inform the continued growth and evolution of 
our employee value proposition globally. As a result, new 
and enhanced benefits were introduced including enhanced 
leave globally, and health/medical, life, trauma, and salary 
continuance insurances across New Zealand, Australia and 
the UK, providing a more competitive and globally consistent 
reward offering. 
Xero values diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) and 
recognises the importance of increasing awareness and 
understanding across a range of diversity, equity and 
inclusion issues. In September 2022, the Board participated 
in an education session with thought leaders and inclusion 
experts focused on the growth and evolution of DEI in a 
business context, the challenges and opportunities existing 
for global organisations in DEI, and how Xero and the Board 
could challenge their thinking and approaches to DEI. 
Further detail on Xero’s approach to People and Culture can 
be found on pages 25 to 32.
Customers
Xero’s customers are central to our purpose: to make life 
better for people in small business, their advisors and 
communities around the world. In FY23, the Board was 
pleased to be able to again meet with our small business 
customers and accounting and bookkeeping partners in 
person at customer engagement events in London and 
Denver and at Xerocon in Sydney.
The Board closely monitors key customer metrics including 
churn and net promoter scores (NPS) for our small 
business customers and our accounting and bookkeeping 
partners, both globally and by region. Other metrics such 
as subscriber numbers and lifetime value (LTV) provide an 
indication of the value we are providing to our customers 
and the strength of our customer and partner relationships. 
The performance of Xero’s platform, innovation and 
protecting and using our customers’ data responsibly are 
essential to maintaining those trusted relationships and 
guide the decisions we make in relation to strategy execution 
and capital allocation.
Further detail on our Customers, Partners and Ecosystem 
can be found on pages 35 to 41.
Reporting performance against Xero’s climate 
roadmap
In November 2022, the Board approved emissions reduction 
targets consistent with the recommendations of the Science 
Based Targets initiative (SBTi) and identified emission 
reduction plans to be achieved by FY30. In FY22, Xero 
developed a three-year roadmap to implement a climate 
approach that is consistent with the four core elements of 
the TCFD framework, and the Board is pleased to report 
Xero’s performance against that roadmap this year in our 
standalone TCFD Statement.
Further detail on Xero’s approach to sustainability can be 
found on pages 51 to 57 and on Xero’s website at  
www.xero.com/sustainability

Xero Annual Report 2023
69
OUR PERFORMANCE
Our Performance
You should read the following commentary with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes in this report.
Non-GAAP measures have been included as Xero believes they provide useful information for readers to assist in understanding 
Xero’s (the Xero Group) financial performance and are used when management measures performance. Non-GAAP financial 
measures should not be viewed in isolation or considered as substitutes for measures reported in accordance with New Zealand 
equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS). Non-GAAP financial measures do not have a standardised 
meaning prescribed by NZ IFRS or Generally Accepted Accounting Practice and therefore may not be comparable to similar 
financial information presented by other entities. Xero’s Non-GAAP financial information has not been subject to audit or review.
Business results
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
Subscription revenue
1,326,278
1,049,618
26%
Other operating revenue
73,606
47,201
56%
Total operating revenue
1,399,884
1,096,819
28%
Cost of revenue
(177,943)
(139,388)
28%
Gross profit
1,221,941
957,431
28%
Gross margin percentage
87.3%
87.3%
0.0pp*
Sales and marketing
(471,831)
(405,653)
16%
Product design and development
(490,048)
(372,024)
32%
General and administration
(168,077)
(144,172)
17%
Restructuring costs
(34,692)
–
NM**
Total operating expenses
(1,164,648)
(921,849)
26%
Percentage of operating revenue
83.2%
84.0%
-0.8pp
Operating income
57,293
35,582
61%
Other income and expenses
5,590
31,087
-82%
Asset impairments and disposals
(122,680)
(24,695)
NM
Earnings before interest and tax
(59,797)
41,974
NM
Percentage of operating revenue
-4.3%
3.8%
-8.1pp
Net finance expense
(15,880)
(39,611)
-60%
Income tax expense
(37,855)
(11,477)
NM
Net loss
(113,532)
(9,114)
NM
Percentage of operating revenue
-8.1%
-0.8%
-7.3pp
*pp stands for percentage points 
**NM stands for not meaningful
Xero’s FY23 results demonstrate the strength of our business in a complex macroeconomic environment with operating revenue 
growth of 28% (25% in constant currency) and subscriber growth of 14%. This outcome was delivered alongside a greater focus 
on operating efficiency with operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenue reducing by 3.3 percentage points to 80.7% 
(excluding restructuring costs). 
In March 2023, Xero announced a program to streamline its operations, realign the business to drive greater operating efficiency, 
and better balance growth and profitability. Restructuring costs associated with this program of $34.7 million are included in  
these results. 
Operating revenue growth was primarily driven by subscriber growth, as Xero continued to see growth across both its ANZ and 
International markets. In total, 470,000 net subscribers were added during FY23, bringing total subscribers to 3,741,000 at 31 
March 2023. Operating revenue growth outpaced subscriber growth by 14%, primarily reflecting the benefit of price changes 
through the year alongside increased financial services related revenue, and revenue from Xerocon events.
Gross profit of $1.2 billion grew 28% from FY22, aligned with the growth in operating revenue, resulting in gross margin holding flat 
year-on-year at 87.3%. 

Xero Annual Report 2023
70
OUR PERFORMANCE
Operating income1, a measure of operating performance, increased 61% to $57.3 million compared to FY22. This metric was 
impacted by restructuring costs of $34.7 million. Excluding these, operating income would have been $92.0 million representing an 
operating income margin of 6.6%. 
EBITDA1 decreased by $54.3 million, or 26%, year-on-year to $158.4 million. This was driven by the impact of items not included 
in operating income including a $77.9 million non-cash impairment relating to Planday, mainly reflecting a reduction in market 
valuation multiples along with operational performance, $48.5 million of non-cash impairments and other costs related to Waddle, 
non-cash accounting revaluation gains of $17.9 million alongside the restructuring charges of $34.7 million.
Adjusted EBITDA1, which excludes the items above, was $301.7 million, for FY23, an improvement of $93.0 million, or 45%, 
compared to the prior year, as costs grew at a lower rate than revenue.
Cash receipts from customers grew 28% from FY22, in line with operating revenue growth. Other operating cash flows grew 18%, 
reflecting improved operational efficiency as hiring slowed. This resulted in an increase in free cash flow of $100.2 million, from $2.1 
million in FY22 to $102.3 million. 
Net loss for FY23 was $104.4 million higher than FY22 despite revenue growth and improvements in operating expense ratios. 
This was primarily due to the impacts of non-cash items including impairments and disposals of $122.7 million, alongside the 
restructuring costs of $34.7 million. 
Operating income
Operating income is a non-GAAP financial measure that has been included to demonstrate the operating performance of the 
business. Xero defines operating income as total operating revenue less cost of revenue less total operating expenses.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
Total operating revenue
1,399,884
1,096,819
28%
Cost of revenue
(177,943)
(139,388)
28%
Operating expenses excluding restructuring costs
(1,129,956)
(921,849)
23%
Restructuring costs
(34,692)
–
NM
Operating income
57,293
35,582
61%
Operating income margin
4.1%
3.2%
0.9pp
Operating income increased 61% to $57.3 million compared to FY22. This metric was impacted by restructuring costs of $34.7 
million. Excluding these, operating income would have been $92.0 million representing an operating income margin of 6.6%. This 
was more than double the 3.2% margin in FY22 as operating revenue growth of 28% was higher than operating expense growth 
excluding restructuring costs of 23%, this reflects emerging operating efficiencies in our business.
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation (EBITDA) and adjusted EBITDA 
EBITDA disclosures (which are non-GAAP financial measures) have been included as Xero believes they provide useful information 
for readers in understanding Xero’s financial performance. EBITDA is calculated by adding back net finance expense, depreciation 
and amortisation, and income tax expense to net profit/(loss).
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
Net loss
(113,532)
(9,114)
NM
Add back: net finance expense
15,880
39,611
-60%
Add back: depreciation and amortisation
218,196
170,687
28%
Add back: income tax expense
37,855
11,477
NM
EBITDA
158,399
212,661
-26%
EBITDA margin
11.3%
19.4%
-8.1pp
1 Non-GAAP financial measure, see relevant section for definition 

Xero Annual Report 2023
71
OUR PERFORMANCE
EBITDA decreased by $54.3 million, or 26%, from FY22. The EBITDA margin decreased by 8.1 percentage points from 19.4% in FY22 
to 11.3% in FY23. This was driven by $126.5 million non-cash impairments and other costs related to Waddle and Planday, $34.7 
million in restructuring costs, and non-cash accounting revaluation gains of $17.9 million.
Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure) is provided as Xero believes it provides useful information for users to 
understand and analyse the underlying business performance. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adding back net finance 
expense, depreciation and amortisation, and income tax expense, as well as certain non-cash, revaluation and other accounting 
adjustments and charges to net profit/(loss).
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
EBITDA
158,399
212,661
-26%
Add back: restructuring costs
34,692
–
NM
Add back: non-cash impairments of Planday
77,927
–
NM
Add back: non-cash impairments and other costs relating to the exit 
of Waddle
48,527
22,122
119%
Add back: non-cash revaluations
(17,856)
(26,063)
-31%
Adjusted EBITDA
301,689
208,720
45%
Adjusted EBITDA margin
21.6%
19.0%
2.6pp
Adjusted EBITDA was $301.7 million, an increase of $93.0 million, or 45%, compared to FY22. Operating revenue growth of 28% 
exceeded the growth in operating expenses excluding restructuring costs of 23%. This resulted in a 2.6 percentage point increase 
in adjusted EBITDA margin.
Included within the Waddle add back is a $41.3 million impairment of the Waddle business, a $1.6 million disposal of related 
software and recognition of onerous contract of $5.6 million. Non-cash revaluations consist of revaluations of contingent 
consideration, Planday revenue incentive and revaluation of derivatives. 
Cash flows
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that has been included to demonstrate net cash generated by, and invested 
into, the business. Xero defines free cash flow as cash flows generated from operating activities less cash flows used for investing 
activities, excluding cash used for acquisitions of, and investments into, businesses and strategic assets.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
Receipts from customers
1,394,237
1,089,806
28%
Other operating cash flows
(1,003,788)
(853,435)
18%
Total cash flows from operating activities
390,449
236,371
65%
Investing activities
(304,896)
(430,044)
-29%
Add back: acquisition consideration
15,879
185,423
-91%
Add back: investment into businesses and strategic assets
908
10,323
-91%
Free cash flow
102,340
2,073
NM
Percentage of operating revenue
7.3%
0.2%
7.1pp
Receipts from customers increased by $304.4 million, or 28%, to $1.4 billion, consistent with operating revenue growth of 28%. 
Total cash flows from operating activities increased by $154.1 million, or 65%, to $390.5 million. Receipts from customers outpaced 
growth in operating cash outflows of 18%, demonstrating improvements in operational efficiency, higher interest income, and lower 
tax payments compared to FY22. 
Cash outflows from investing activities decreased by $125.1 million, or 29%, compared to FY22. The decrease reflected lower 
cash flows related to acquisitions in FY23 compared to the acquisitions of Planday, Tickstar, LOCATE and TaxCycle during FY22. 
Investing cash flows excluding acquisitions increased by $44.4 million, or 18%, as capitalised spend on product design and 
development increased by $57.1 million, or 28%, compared to FY22, offset by lower purchases of property, plant and equipment.
Free cash flow improved by $100.2 million from $2.1 million in FY22 to $102.3 million in FY23. This was a 7.1 percentage point 
increase as a percentage of total operating revenue, from 0.2% in FY22 to 7.3% in FY23. $86.8 million, or 85%, of FY23 free cash 
flow was derived in the second half of FY23, as operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenue decreased as operational 
efficiencies were delivered.

Xero Annual Report 2023
72
OUR PERFORMANCE
Operating revenue 
Subscription revenue comprises recurring fees from subscribers to Xero’s cloud-based platform, products and services. Within a 
subscription, customers also receive support services and product updates.
Total operating revenue includes subscription revenue as well as revenue from other related services including revenue share 
agreements with financial services providers, software licences, and the implementation of online accounting and other software 
services. 
Constant currency operating revenue (a non-GAAP financial measure) is provided to assist readers in understanding and 
assessing Xero’s financial performance excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Constant currency operating revenue 
is calculated by translating operating revenue for FY23 at the effective exchange rates for FY22.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022 
($000s)
change
change in 
constant currency
Subscription revenue
1,326,278
1,049,618
26%
23%
Other operating revenue
73,606
47,201
56%
52%
Total operating revenue
1,399,884
1,096,819
28%
25%
Total operating revenue grew 28% to $1,399.9 million in FY23 from $1,096.8 million in FY22. Due to the comparatively weaker  
NZD against both the Australian Dollar (AUD) and the United States Dollar (USD), in constant currency terms, operating revenue 
grew 25%. 
Subscription revenue increased by $276.7 million, or 26%, in FY23, driven predominately by organic subscriber growth of 470,000, 
or 14%. The remainder of the growth largely came from price increases that occurred throughout the year along with increases in 
platform products such as Planday and Payroll. Price changes occurred for business edition plans in New Zealand, Australia, and 
the United Kingdom in September 2022, North America and Rest of World in November 2022, and in March 2023 for partner 
edition plans in most regions.
Other operating revenue increased by $26.4 million, or 56%, compared to FY22, largely as a result of growth in financial services 
related revenue such as bill and invoice payments through financial service providers. Additionally, revenue was generated by the 
return of Xerocon events across Australia, the UK and North America, and Xero roadshows. Growth in TaxCycle and ecosystem 
revenue also contributed to this increase.
Operating revenue by geography
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
change in 
constant currency
Australia
623,768
483,288
29%
25%
New Zealand
173,951
149,392
16%
16%
Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) total
797,719
632,680
26%
23%
United Kingdom
370,751
291,614
27%
29%
North America
95,909
72,571
32%
21%
Rest of World
135,505
99,954
36%
26%
International total
602,165
464,139
30%
27%
Total operating revenue
1,399,884
1,096,819
28%
25%
ANZ – Operating revenue increased by $165.0 million, or 26% (23% in constant currency), from the comparative period.
Australia’s operating revenue grew by $140.5 million, or 29% (25% in constant currency), mainly driven by subscriber growth of 
17%. Revenue growth was higher than subscriber growth driven by price changes, growth in financial services related revenue, and 
the resumption of Xerocon.
New Zealand operating revenue grew by $24.6 million, or 16%. This was higher than subscriber growth of 11%, driven mainly by 
price changes and an uptake in adjacent products.

Xero Annual Report 2023
73
OUR PERFORMANCE
International – Operating revenue grew 30% (27% in constant currency) compared to subscriber growth of 14%. International 
markets now contribute 43% to total operating revenue compared to 42% in FY22. 
UK operating revenue grew 27% (29% in constant currency) compared to subscriber growth of 14% against the prior year. This was 
driven by price changes, growth in financial services related revenue, Xerocon London, Planday and other add-ons. 
North America operating revenue increased by 32% (21% constant currency) compared to FY22, compared to subscriber growth of 
13%. The growth was driven by price changes, Xerocon New Orleans, and growth in financial services.
Operating revenue in Xero’s Rest of World markets increased by 36% from FY22 (26% in constant currency) compared to 
subscriber growth of 12%. The largest contributing market for subscriber growth was South Africa. Local billing was launched in 
South Africa in November 2022 which provides an opportunity to drive future growth. Revenue growth exceeded subscriber growth 
mainly due to price changes.
Total group operating revenue by geography*
*Represents each regions’ contribution to total Group operating revenue for the respective period
Subscriber numbers 
The definition of ‘subscriber’ is: Each unique subscription to a Xero-offered product that is purchased by a user (e.g. small business 
or accounting partner) and which is, or is available to be, deployed. Subscribers that have multiple subscriptions to integrated 
products on the Xero platform are counted as a single subscriber.
At 31 March
2023
2022 
change
Australia
1,566,000
1,344,000
17%
New Zealand
567,000
512,000
11%
Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) total
2,133,000
1,856,000
15%
United Kingdom
970,000
850,000
14%
North America
384,000
339,000
13%
Rest of World
254,000
226,000
12%
International total
1,608,000
1,415,000
14%
Total paying subscribers
3,741,000
3,271,000
14%
FY20
0
$1.5b
$900m
$1.2b
$300m
$600m
FY21
FY22
FY23
Australia
United Kingdom
New Zealand
North America
Rest of World

Xero Annual Report 2023
74
OUR PERFORMANCE
Xero Group - 470,000 subscribers were added in FY23, bringing total subscribers to 3.74 million. All regions had double-digit 
growth with Australia continuing to be the highest growing market.
ANZ - Subscriber numbers grew by 277,000, or 15%, to a total of 2.1 million reflecting the strength of our product offering and 
market presence in this region. Continued low churn levels further highlight the value customers place in Xero’s offering. 
Australia continues to deliver strong subscriber growth with 222,000 added in FY23. 
New Zealand added 55,000 subscribers (11% growth) in FY23, in a complex economic environment with high cloud penetration.
International - The International segment added 193,000 subscribers during FY23, bringing total subscribers to 1.6 million. 
118,000 subscribers were added in the second half of the year compared to 75,000 added in H1 FY23, reflecting an improvement in 
the international market performance. 
UK subscribers grew by 120,000, or 14%, with 76,000 subscribers added in the second half of the year. This was higher than the 
second half of FY22 impacted by various factors including favourable uptake of Making Tax Digital (MTD).
North America subscriber numbers increased by 45,000, or 13%, during FY23 with 30,000 added in the second half of the year. 
Subscriber additions in the second half were in line with the same period of FY22, reflecting some seasonality of subscriber 
additions. 
Rest of World markets grew by 28,000 subscribers, or 12%, with 254,000 subscribers at 31 March 2023. The largest contributing 
market was South Africa. Local currency billing was launched in South Africa in FY23, allowing subscribers to consistently plan for 
subscription costs and demonstrating Xero’s commitment to localise our offering as markets grow. 
Australia (43%)
New Zealand (12%)
United Kingdom (25%)
North America (10%)
Rest of World (10%)
FY22 
Region (% of total net additions)
530k
Australia (47%)
New Zealand (12%)
United Kingdom (25%)
North America (10%)
Rest of World (6%)
FY23 
Region (% of total net additions)
470k
Net subscriber additions
Regional subscriber numbers at 31 March 2023*
Australia
1,566,000
2022 | 1,344,000
 Up 17%
New Zealand
567,000
2022 | 512,000
 Up 11%
United Kingdom
970,000
2022 | 850,000
 Up 14%
North America
384,000
2022 | 339,000
 Up 13%
* Rest of World subscribers at 31 March 2023: 254,000 (31 March 2022: 226,000)

Xero Annual Report 2023
75
OUR PERFORMANCE
Annualised monthly recurring revenue 
Annualised monthly recurring revenue (AMRR) is a non-GAAP financial measure, which represents monthly recurring revenue at 
31 March, multiplied by 12. It provides a 12-month forward view of revenue, assuming any promotions have ended and other factors 
such as subscriber numbers, transaction volumes, pricing, and foreign exchange remain unchanged during the year.
Constant currency AMRR (also a non-GAAP financial measure) is calculated by translating AMRR at 31 March 2023 at the foreign 
exchange rates at 31 March 2022 and is provided to assist in understanding and assessing year-on-year growth rates, excluding 
the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.
At 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022 
($000s)
change
change in 
constant currency
ANZ
876,477
712,652
23%
23%
International
677,326
518,435
31%
23%
Total
1,553,803
1,231,087
26%
23%
Total Group – AMRR grew by 26% (23% in constant currency) to $1,553.8 million at 31 March 2023. This was driven by subscriber 
growth and a 10% improvement in Average Revenue Per User (ARPU). As a result, AMRR growth outpaced subscriber growth by 12 
percentage points. 
ANZ – AMRR of $876.5 million at 31 March 2023 grew 23% compared to FY22. This was mainly driven by subscriber growth, as well 
as price changes and an uptake in ecosystem and financial service related products. 
International – AMRR increased 31% to $677.3 million at 31 March 2023. This was driven by subscriber growth, favourable FX 
impacts, price changes, and growth in financial services related products.
In constant currency terms, AMRR grew by 23% compared to 31 March 2022, due to the stronger USD and Great British Pound 
(GBP) against the NZD at 31 March 2023.
Gross profit
Gross profit represents operating revenue less cost of revenue. Cost of revenue consists of expenses directly associated with 
securely hosting Xero’s services, sourcing relevant data from financial institutions, and providing support to subscribers.
The costs include hosting costs, bank feed costs, personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and share-
based payments) directly associated with cloud infrastructure and subscriber support, contracted third-party vendor costs, related 
depreciation and amortisation, and allocated overheads.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
Operating revenue
1,399,884
1,096,819
28%
Cost of revenue
(177,943)
(139,388)
28%
Gross profit
1,221,941
957,431
28%
Gross margin percentage
87.3%
87.3%
0.0pp
Gross profit increased by $264.5 million, or 28%, from FY22 to $1.2 billion, while gross margin percentage remained high at 87.3%.
Cost of revenue increased by 28% compared to FY22, in line with operating revenue. The increase was driven by additional hosting 
costs, inflationary impacts from suppliers and increased personnel costs as Xero continued investing in our customer experience 
team to support continued subscriber growth. 

Xero Annual Report 2023
76
OUR PERFORMANCE
Gross margin percentage
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, the amortisation 
of capitalised commission costs, and share-based payments) directly associated with the sales and marketing teams, and the 
cost of educating and onboarding both partners and small business customers. Costs also include relationship management 
costs incurred to support the existing subscriber base. Other costs included are external advertising costs, marketing costs, and 
promotional event costs, as well as allocated overheads.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
Sales and marketing expenses
471,831
405,653
16%
Percentage of operating revenue
33.7%
37.0%
-3.3pp
Sales and marketing costs include:
•	 costs incurred in acquiring new subscribers
•	 costs associated with upselling to existing customers, and
•	 initiatives to educate existing customers to reduce churn. 
These costs are expensed in the period. This is in contrast to the associated revenue from those subscribers, which is recognised 
over the life of the subscriber (currently expected to be more than nine years on average). 
Sales and marketing costs increased by 16% to $471.8 million for FY23, compared to operating revenue growth of 28%, reflecting 
improvements in a number of operational metrics. The increase in sales and marketing expenses of $66.2 million in FY23 reflected 
the resumption of Xerocon events in H1 FY23, inflationary pressures, increased personnel costs, and a return to travel following the 
opening up of international borders. 
Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of operating revenue decreased by 3.3 percentage points to 33.7%, compared to 
37.0% in FY22. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of operating revenue for the second half of FY23 was 31.4%, which 
was 5.2 percentage points lower compared to the same period in FY22. This decrease reflected targeted efficiencies in sales and 
marketing costs.
The average cost of acquiring a subscriber, which is one component of our sales and marketing costs, increased to $551 per 
gross subscriber added, compared to $484 in FY22. The impact of three Xerocon events, compared with none in FY22, and 
overall increased costs have driven this increase. We also had a continued focus on growing our International markets, which are 
comparatively less efficient than those in ANZ. 
FY20
80.0%
82.0%
86.0%
88.0%
84.0%
FY21
FY23
FY22

Xero Annual Report 2023
77
OUR PERFORMANCE
Product design and development 
Product design and development costs consist primarily of personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, 
and share-based payments) directly associated with product design and development teams, teams building and enhancing the 
platform and related infrastructure, as well as allocated overheads.
The proportion of product design and development expenses that creates a benefit in future years, and meets certain requirements 
under NZ IFRS, is capitalisable as an intangible asset and is then amortised to the Income Statement over the estimated life of the 
asset created. The amount amortised relating to the Xero product and platform is included as a product design and development 
expense.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022 
($000s)
change
Total product design and development costs  
(including amounts capitalised)
597,181
471,990
27%
Percentage of operating revenue
42.7%
43.0%
-0.3pp
Less capitalised development costs
(259,767)
(211,683)
23%
Product design and development expense (excluding 
amortisation of amounts capitalised)
337,414
260,307
30%
Less government grants
(2,130)
(3,350)
-36%
Add amortisation of capitalised development costs
154,764
115,067
34%
Product design and development expenses
490,048
372,024
32%
Percentage of operating revenue
35.0%
33.9%
1.1pp
Xero is committed to investing in product innovation and development to deliver new products, features and experiences to 
customers to enable seamless work across the Xero platform.
Xero is also committed to investment in platform delivery to make the platform faster, more functional and more flexible, as well 
as to support future platform growth and strategy delivery. For further details including product initiatives and delivery highlights, 
see the Platform, Technology and Data section on page 43.
Total product design and development costs increased $125.2 million (27%) to $597.2 million for FY23. This was slightly lower 
than operating revenue growth of 28% in the same period. Of this, $259.8 million was capitalised, with the balance of $337.4 
million included in the Income Statement. The amount capitalised represents a capitalisation rate of 43.5% of total product design 
and development costs for FY23, a decrease of 1.3 percentage points compared to 44.8% in FY22. As a percentage of operating 
revenue, total product design and development costs for FY23 (including amounts capitalised) were 42.7%, a decrease of 0.3 
percentage points on FY22.
The amortisation of capitalised development costs of $154.8 million reflects the impact of previously capitalised costs. This was 
included as a non-cash expense in the Income Statement, resulting in total net expenses (after the netting off of government 
grants) of $490.0 million for the year. As a percentage of operating revenue, product design and development expenses were 
35.0%, an increase of 1.1 percentage points compared to FY22.

Xero Annual Report 2023
78
OUR PERFORMANCE
General and administration 
General and administration expenses consist of personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and 
share-based payments) for executive, finance, billing, legal, human resources, corporate communications, strategy, and corporate 
development employees, and the Xero Board. It also includes legal, accounting, and other professional services fees, insurance 
premiums, other corporate expenses, and allocated overheads.
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022  
($000s)
change
General and administration expenses
168,077
144,172
17%
Percentage of operating revenue
12.0%
13.1%
-1.1pp
General and administration expenses increased by $23.9 million, or 17%, compared to FY22. This was driven by an increase in 
personnel-related costs due to inflationary pressures and increased FTEs compared to FY22. The recruitment and overlap of the 
new Chief Executive and the former Chief Executive’s service period also contributed to this increase. 
General and administration expenses as a percentage of operating revenue decreased 1.1 percentage points compared to FY22, 
to 12.0%. The reduction in expenses as a percentage of operating revenue is driven by lower professional services and integration 
related costs, along with moderated hiring across the general and administration teams.
Employees
At 31 March
2023
2022
change
Xero Group
5,080
4,784
6%
Full-time equivalent (FTE) employees increased by 296, or 6%, in FY23 compared to 1,142 added in FY22, which included 266 FTEs 
from acquired entities. This reflects a targeted approach to moderate hiring as Xero delivers economies of scale. 
FTEs at 31 March 2023 largely exclude the impact of the program to streamline Xero’s operations announced and commenced in 
March 2023. This will result in a reduction in FTEs in the first quarter of FY24. This is in contrast to the costs associated with this 
program which have been recognised in FY23.

Xero Annual Report 2023
79
OUR PERFORMANCE
Net finance expense
Year ended 31 March
2023 
($000s)
2022 
($000s)
change
Interest income on deposits
29,101
4,080
NM
Finance lease interest income
18
–
NM
Total finance income
29,119
4,080
NM
Amortisation of discount and debt issuance costs
(34,640)
(29,682)
17%
Lease liability interest
(8,155)
(6,423)
27%
Unwind of contingent consideration
(992)
(5,112)
-81%
Bank standby facility costs
(652)
(2,134)
-69%
Other finance expense
(560)
(340)
65%
Total finance expense
(44,999)
(43,691)
3%
Net finance expense
(15,880)
(39,611)
-60%
Finance income increased significantly by $25.0 million to $29.1 million in FY23. This was due to higher global interest rates in 
addition to an increase in cash and short-term deposit balances compared to FY22. Higher interest income was the key driver in 
net finance expense decreasing by $23.7 million (60%). 
Total finance expense increased by 3% to $45.0 million in FY23. This was largely due to an increase in amortisation of discount 
and debt issuance costs of $5.0 million (17%) following a weaker NZD relative to the USD. This was partly offset by lower unwind 
of discount on contingent consideration due to a lower contingent consideration liability relating to acquisitions, as well as lower 
bank standby facility costs as a result of the $150 million facility not being renewed in H1 FY23.
Segment information
Operating revenue is allocated to a segment depending on where the subscriber resides. Expenses include cost of revenue, sales 
and marketing costs incurred directly in-region, and an allocation of centrally managed costs and overheads, such as hosting and 
user support costs.
ANZ 
($000s)
International 
($000s)
Total 
($000s)
Year ended 31 March 2023
Operating revenue
797,719
602,165
1,399,884
Expenses
(245,710)
(404,064)
(649,774)
Segment contribution
552,009
198,101
750,110
Contribution margin percentage
69.2%
32.9%
53.6%
Year ended 31 March 2022
Operating revenue
632,680
464,139
1,096,819
Expenses
(201,864)
(343,177)
(545,041)
Segment contribution
430,816
120,962
551,778
Contribution margin percentage
68.1%
26.1%
50.3%
ANZ - Operating revenue for FY23 grew by $165.0 million, or 26% (23% in constant currency), compared to FY22. This was driven 
by subscriber growth, price changes and higher financial services related revenue.
Expenses in the ANZ segment increased by 22% from FY22, primarily due to an increase in cost of revenue. These expenses 
increased 29%, driven by increases in hosting costs to provide greater site stability to support Xero’s growing customer base.
Segment contribution increased by $121.2 million (28%) to $552.0 million in FY23. The segment contribution margin percentage 
was impacted by the return of Xerocon Sydney in the first half of the year, but still improved when compared to FY22. For the 
second half of the year the contribution margin was 71.7%, compared to 68.9% in the same period of FY22.

Xero Annual Report 2023
80
OUR PERFORMANCE
International - Operating revenue for FY23 grew by $138.0 million, or 30% (27% in constant currency), compared with FY22. This 
was a result of continued subscriber growth, price changes, and strong performances in financial services related revenue and 
add-on revenue streams such as payroll.
Expenses in the International segment increased by $60.9 million, or 18%, from FY22, primarily due to a 16% increase in sales and 
marketing spend. A key component of the increase in sales and marketing spend was related to Xerocon events in the UK and the 
US, which returned in FY23. Excluding Xerocon expenses, sales and marketing expenses for the segment increased 11% over FY22, 
compared to revenue growth of 30%.
The segment’s contribution for FY23 increased by $77.1 million, or 64%, to $198.1 million, compared with FY22. This resulted 
in an increased contribution margin of 32.9% for FY23, up 6.8 percentage points on FY22. For the second half of the year the 
contribution margin was 35.8%, compared to 27.0% in the same period of FY22.
Although the International segment contribution margin is increasing, it remains comparatively lower than that of ANZ. Xero’s 
investment in the International segment reflects a greater focus on growing brand recognition and developing stronger distribution 
channels.
Key SAAS metrics
SaaS companies like Xero operate on many of the same performance metrics as traditional companies, such as revenue, cash 
flow, and customer numbers. However, evaluating the performance of SaaS companies and being able to benchmark them is 
assisted by an understanding of SaaS-specific metrics. Below are some of the headline metrics Xero uses to manage and drive its 
performance.
Average revenue per user (ARPU) is calculated as AMRR (see definition on page 75) at 31 March, divided by subscribers at that 
time and divided by 12 to get a monthly view.
Customer acquisition costs (CAC) months are the months of ARPU to recover the cost of acquiring each new subscriber. 
The calculation represents the sales and marketing costs for the year, excluding the capitalisation and amortisation of contract 
acquisition costs, less Xerocon revenue, divided by gross new subscribers added during the same period, divided by ARPU.
Churn is the value of monthly recurring revenue (MRR) from subscribers who leave Xero in a month as a percentage of the total 
MRR at the start of that month. The percentage provided is the average of the monthly churn for the previous 12 months.
Lifetime value (LTV) is the gross margin expected from a subscriber over the lifetime of that subscriber. This is calculated by 
taking the average subscriber lifetime (one divided by churn), multiplied by ARPU, multiplied by the gross margin percentage. Xero 
Group LTV is calculated as the sum of the individual segment LTV, multiplied by their respective segment subscribers, divided by 
total Group subscribers.
LTV/CAC is the ratio between the LTV per subscriber and the cost to acquire that subscriber. For example, the LTV derived from a 
subscriber is currently on average 6.5 times the cost of acquiring that subscriber.
Xero strives to maximise total LTV while optimising the level of CAC investment it undertakes in order to achieve a desirable LTV/
CAC ratio. Xero can improve total LTV in multiple ways, such as increasing subscriber numbers, enhancing products and services 
for existing subscribers thereby increasing ARPU and/or reducing churn, and improving gross margin through cost efficiencies.

Xero Annual Report 2023
81
OUR PERFORMANCE
The table below outlines key metrics across Xero’s segments: 
At 31 March 2023
ANZ
International
Total
ARPU ($)
34.24
35.10
34.61
CAC months
9.1
23.3
15.9
Churn
0.68%
1.21%
0.90%
LTV per subscriber ($)
4,374
2,542
3,587
LTV/CAC
14.0
3.1
6.5
At 31 March 2022
ANZ
International
Total
ARPU ($)
32.00
30.53
31.36
CAC months
8.8
22.9
15.5
Churn
0.66%
1.23%
0.90%
LTV per subscriber ($)
4,225
2,164
3,333
LTV/CAC
14.9
3.1
6.9
Xero Group – Xero Group ARPU increased 10% compared to 31 March 2022, driven by price increases and favourable FX impacts. 
In constant currency terms, ARPU increased 8% on FY22.
Churn for the Xero Group remained at a low level and was flat compared to FY22 at 0.90%. Slight improvements in the 
International segment offset a small increase in ANZ.
CAC months increased year-on-year to 15.9. This was due to lower subscriber growth and increased sales and marketing compared 
to FY22. Year-on-year comparisons are impacted by Xerocon-related expenses. Excluding the impact of Xerocon, CAC months 
remained consistent with FY22 at 15.5 months.
Total Subscriber LTV at 31 March 2023 increased by $2.5 billion, or 23% (21% in constant currency), to $13.4 billion compared to 
31 March 2022. This increase was driven by growth in subscriber numbers and a 10% increase in ARPU. This resulted in a LTV per 
subscriber of $3,587, 8% higher than FY22.
The LTV/CAC ratio decreased to 6.5 at 31 March 2023, from 6.9 at the end of FY22, due to the 14% increase in CAC per gross 
subscriber added, offset by the 8% improvement in subscriber LTV.
ANZ - ARPU increased by 7% to $34.24 compared to FY22 (7% increase in constant currency). This was primarily driven by price 
increases in both Australia and New Zealand and increased uptake in ecosystem and financial services related products. 
CAC months increased year-on-year to 9.1 months, in line with increased sales and marketing costs. This was offset by increased 
ARPU combined with higher gross subscriber additions compared to FY22.
Churn for FY23 increased slightly to 0.68%, from 0.66% for FY22, and remains at historically low levels. 
The increase in ARPU, offset by the increase in churn, resulted in a 4% (4% in constant currency) increase in LTV per subscriber 
from $4,225 in prior year to $4,374. Total ANZ subscriber LTV increased by $1.5 billion, or 19% (19% in constant currency), to  
$9.3 billion at 31 March 2023. 
An increase in sales and marketing expenditure and a slight increase in churn drove the decrease in the LTV/CAC ratio from 14.9 to 
14.0 year-on-year, partially offset by increased gross additions year-on-year.
International - ARPU increased by 15% (9% in constant currency) to $35.10 compared to FY22. Price increases, adjacent products 
and FX had a positive impact on International ARPU growth. 
CAC months increased from 22.9 months in FY22 to 23.3 months in FY23, primarily driven by a 17% increase in CAC per gross 
subscriber addition compared to the comparative period. Excluding Xerocon events in the UK and US, CAC months were 22.7 for 
FY23, a 1% improvement on FY22.

Xero Annual Report 2023
82
OUR PERFORMANCE
Subscriber LTV for the International segment increased by 33% (26% in constant currency) compared to FY22 due to 
improvements in ARPU and churn. This led to total International subscriber LTV of $4.1 billion, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 33% 
(26% in constant currency) compared to FY22.
LTV/CAC remained consistent at 3.1 in FY23. Increased sales and marketing expenditure in the International segment balanced 
increased subscriber LTV, driven by higher ARPU, lower churn and increased gross margin percentage. 
Total lifetime value
At 31 March
$0
$15b
$12b
$9b
$6b
$3b
FY20
FY22
FY23
FY21
International
ANZ

Xero Annual Report 2023
83
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audit Report, Financial Statements and Notes
Independent auditor’s report
84
Financial Statements
88
Income Statement 
88
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
88
Statement of Financial Position 
89
Statement of Changes in Equity 
90
Statement of Cash Flows 
91
Notes to the Financial Statements
92
General information
1.	 Reporting entity and statutory base 	
92
2.	 Basis of accounting 
92
Performance
3.	 Segment information
93
4.	 Revenue
94
5.	 Expenses
94
6.	 Other income and expenses
96
7.	 Finance income and expense
96
8.	 Earnings per share 
97
Operating assets and liabilities
9.	 Trade and other receivables
97
10.	Property, plant and equipment 
98
11.	 Intangible assets
99
12.	Trade and other payables	
103
13.	Other current liabilities	
103
14.	Provisions 
103
15.	Lease liabilities 
104
16.	Contingent consideration 
105
Funding and risk
17.	Term debt 
105
18.	Financial instruments, capital and financial risk management  106
19.	Derivatives and hedge accounting 
113
20.	Changes in financial assets and liabilities arising from 
financing activities
114
21.	 Share capital 
115
Group structure
22.	 Group entities 
115
Other information
23.	 Current and deferred tax 
116
24.	 Reconciliation of operating cash flows 
118
25.	 Share-based payments 
119
26.	 Key management personnel and related parties 
121
27.	 Commitments and contingencies 
121
28.	 Events after the balance sheet date 
121

Xero Annual Report 2023
84
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Independent auditor’s report to the 
Shareholders of Xero Limited
Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements of Xero Limited (“the company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the Group”) on pages 
88 to 121, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2023, and the consolidated 
income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements 
including a summary of significant accounting policies. 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 88 to 121 present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2023 and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the year then 
ended in accordance with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial 
Reporting Standards. 
This report is made solely to the company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the 
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for 
Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and 
Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
During the year Ernst & Young has provided other assurance services related to the Group’s compliance with ISO 27001 and has 
provided market remuneration data.  Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the 
ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Group. Ernst & Young uses the Group’s platform in delivering services to 
some clients. We have no other relationship with, or interest in, the Group. 
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated 
financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each 
matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context. 
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
the audit report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to 
respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, 
including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements. 

Xero Annual Report 2023
85
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Capitalised Software Development Costs 
Why significant 
Capitalised software development costs make up 48% of the 
Group’s non-current assets. 
The Group capitalises costs incurred in the development of 
its software when certain criteria are met, as explained in 
Note 11. These costs are then amortised over the estimated 
useful life of the software. 
The Group’s process for calculating the cost of internally 
developed software involves judgment as it includes 
estimating time staff spent developing software and 
determining the cost attributable to that time. 
NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets requires finite life intangible 
assets (including capitalised software development costs) 
to be tested for impairment whenever there is an indication 
that the intangible assets may be impaired. This assessment 
requires judgment including consideration of both internal 
and external sources of information. 
Disclosures relating to capitalised software development 
costs, including key assumptions, are included in Note 11 of 
the consolidated financial statements. 
How our audit addressed the key audit matter 
In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence, we: 
•	 Assessed the nature of a sample of projects against the 
requirements of NZ IAS 38 Intangible Assets to determine 
if they were capital in nature; 
•	 Assessed the procedures used to determine the rates 
applied to capitalise payroll costs; and 
•	 Assessed capitalised costs with reference to payroll 
information for a sample of employees. 
We assessed the factors the Group considered regarding 
potential impairment of capitalised software development 
costs and whether any indicators of impairment existed. This 
included having regard to: 
•	 Significant changes in the extent or manner in which 
associated software is used; 
•	 Potential or actual redundancy or disposal of developed 
software; 
•	 Amortisation periods applied to developed software 
relative to past experience of software lifecycles; and 
•	 Significant changes in the market in which the assets are 
used. 
We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures related 
to capitalised software development costs and related 
impairment considerations in the consolidated financial 
statements. 

Xero Annual Report 2023
86
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Goodwill Impairment Testing 
Why significant 
The Group’s statement of financial position includes $331 
million of goodwill at 31 March 2023 allocated across the 
following four cash generating units (CGUs): 
•	 $139 million for Planday 
•	 $92 million for International 
•	 $63 million for Australia and New Zealand 
•	 $37 million for TaxCycle 
NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets requires goodwill be tested 
for impairment annually irrespective of whether there are 
any indicators of impairment. This assessment requires 
judgment including consideration of both internal and 
external sources of information. 
Goodwill in relation to the Planday and Waddle CGUs were 
both impaired in the current year. The impairment loss 
recognised totalled $95m. 
In considering whether goodwill was impaired, the group 
estimated the recoverable amount of each CGU using either 
a revenue multiple approach or a discounted cash flow 
approach to assess its fair value. Both of these approaches 
require significant judgment in assessing the appropriate 
valuation inputs. 
Disclosures relating to goodwill impairment, including key 
assumptions used and sensitivity of the assessment to 
certain judgmental inputs, are included in Note 11 of the 
consolidated financial statements. 
How our audit addressed the key audit matter 
In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence, we: 
•	 Used our valuation specialists to: 
	–
assess whether the methods applied met the 
requirements of NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets; 
	–
for CGUs where a multiples approach has been used, 
consider the appropriateness of the revenue multiples 
used in the impairment models in relation to observed 
multiples for other businesses considered comparable; 
	–
for CGUs where a discounted cash flow approach was 
used, consider the appropriateness of the discount 
rate and terminal growth rate applied 
•	 Considered free cash flows incorporated in discounted 
cash flow models with reference to historical 
performance; 
•	 Checked whether revenue used in revenue multiple 
calculations aligned to actual revenue for the year; 
•	 Performed sensitivity analysis for key drivers of the 
impairment models, including the sensitivity of the 
results to changes in the revenue multiples, discount rate 
and terminal growth rates used; 
•	 Assessed the adequacy of the disclosures related to 
goodwill impairment considerations and impairment 
recognised in the consolidated financial statements. This 
included assessing whether the assumptions which have 
the most significant effect on the determination of the 
recoverable amount of CGUs have been appropriately 
disclosed in the consolidated financial statements. 

Xero Annual Report 2023
87
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Information other than the financial statements 
and auditor’s report 
The directors of the company are responsible for the 
Annual Report, which includes information other than the 
consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report. 
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does 
not cover the other information and we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have 
nothing to report in this regard. 
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial 
statements 
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for 
the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with New Zealand 
equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards 
and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud  
or error. 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for assessing on behalf of the 
entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New 
Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated 
financial statements. 
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the financial statements is located at the 
External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.
govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-
responsibilities/audit-report-1/. This description forms part 
of our auditor’s report. 
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this 
independent auditor’s report is Simon O’Connor. 
 
Chartered Accountants 
Wellington 
18 May 2023 

Xero Annual Report 2023
88
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Statements
Income Statement
Year ended 31 March
Notes
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Subscription revenue
 1,326,278 
 1,049,618 
Other operating revenue
 73,606 
 47,201 
Total operating revenue
4
 1,399,884 
 1,096,819 
Cost of revenue
5
 (177,943)
 (139,388)
Gross profit
 1,221,941 
 957,431 
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
 (471,831)
 (405,653)
Product design and development
 (490,048)
 (372,024)
General and administration
 (168,077)
 (144,172)
Restructuring costs
 (34,692)
 – 
Total operating expenses
5
 (1,164,648)
 (921,849)
Operating income
57,293
35,582
Other income
6
 18,130 
 45,177 
Other expenses
6
 (12,540)
 (14,090)
Asset impairments and disposals
10, 11
 (122,680)
 (24,695)
Earnings before interest and tax
 (59,797)
 41,974 
Finance income
7
 29,119 
 4,080 
Finance expense
7
 (44,999)
 (43,691)
Net profit/(loss) before tax
 (75,677)
 2,363 
Income tax expense
23
 (37,855)
 (11,477)
Net loss
 (113,532)
 (9,114)
Basic and diluted loss per share
8
 ($0.76)
 ($0.06)
Statement of Comprehensive Income
Year ended 31 March
Note
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Net loss
 (113,532)
 (9,114)
Other comprehensive income*
Movement in cash flow hedges (net of tax)
19
 (2,403)
 6,604 
Translation of foreign operations (net of tax)
 (8,361)
 2,084 
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
 (10,764)
 8,688 
Total comprehensive loss for the year
 (124,296)
 (426)
* Items of other comprehensive income may be reclassified to the Income Statement when specific conditions are met
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

Xero Annual Report 2023
89
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Financial Position
Notes
At 31 March
2023
($000s)
At 31 March
2022
($000s)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
 230,624 
 404,192 
Short-term deposits
 886,563 
 531,866 
Trade and other receivables
9
 128,998 
 112,311 
Derivative assets
19
 5,570 
 6,233 
Income tax receivable
 4,406 
 8,551 
Other current assets
 7,450 
 8,601 
Total current assets
 1,263,611 
 1,071,754 
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
10
 138,094 
 158,317 
Intangible assets
11
963,032 
 959,354 
Derivative assets
19
 31,853 
 56,269 
Deferred tax assets
23
 92,000 
 97,069 
Other non-current assets
 1,565 
 577 
Total non-current assets
 1,226,544 
 1,271,586 
Total assets
2,490,155
 2,343,340 
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
12
 52,204 
 55,461 
Employee entitlements
 95,708 
 82,727 
Provisions
14
 42,925 
 560 
Lease liabilities
15
 17,258 
 14,292 
Derivative liabilities
19
 5,544 
 2,511 
Income tax payable
 3,607 
 936 
Other current liabilities
13
 37,819 
 40,003 
Total current liabilities
 255,065 
 196,490 
Non-current liabilities
Term debt
17
 1,019,794 
 884,839 
Lease liabilities
15
 106,163 
 121,926 
Derivative liabilities
19
 28,147 
 56,624 
Deferred tax liabilities
23
 12,859 
 13,377 
Contingent consideration
16
 1,152 
 13,817 
Other non-current liabilities
 13,069 
 22,344 
Total non-current liabilities
 1,181,184 
 1,112,927 
Total liabilities
 1,436,249 
 1,309,417 
Equity
Share capital
21
 1,710,392 
 1,580,858 
Reserves
 (213,078)
 (217,059)
Accumulated losses
 (443,408)
 (329,876)
Total equity
1,053,906
 1,033,923 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
2,490,155
 2,343,340 
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

Xero Annual Report 2023
90
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Changes in Equity
Notes
 Share 
capital 
 ($000s) 
 Treasury 
shares 
 ($000s) 
 Share-
based 
payment 
reserve 
 ($000s) 
 Accumulated 
losses 
 ($000s) 
 Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
 ($000s) 
 Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve 
 ($000s) 
 Call  
spread 
options 
reserve 
 ($000s) 
 Total  
equity 
 ($000s) 
Balance at 1 April 2021
 1,295,211 
 (1,891)  80,758 
 (320,762)
 (2,495)
 (3,619)  (301,256)
 745,946 
Net loss
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (9,114)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (9,114)
Other comprehensive income
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2,084 
 6,604 
 – 
 8,688 
Total comprehensive loss
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (9,114)
 2,084 
 6,604 
 – 
 (426)
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments, net of tax
25
 62,344 
 5,987 
 16,876 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 85,207 
Share options exercised
25
 52,415 
 – 
 (16,011)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 36,404 
Issue of shares – acquisition related
21
 166,792 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 166,792 
Balance at 31 March 2022
1,576,762 
 4,096 
 81,623 
 (329,876)
 (411)
 2,985  (301,256)  1,033,923 
Net loss
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (113,532)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (113,532)
Other comprehensive loss
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (8,361)
 (2,403)
 – 
 (10,764)
Total comprehensive loss
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (113,532)
 (8,361)
 (2,403)
 – 
 (124,296)
Transactions with owners:
Share-based payments, net of tax
25
 80,589 
 3,129 
 28,852 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 112,570 
Share options exercised
25
 45,816 
 – 
 (14,107)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 31,709 
Balance at 31 March 2023
 1,703,167 
 7,225  96,368 
 (443,408)
 (8,772)
 582  (301,256) 1,053,906
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

Xero Annual Report 2023
91
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Cash Flows
Year ended 31 March
Note
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Operating activities
Receipts from customers
 1,394,237 
 1,089,806 
Other income
 1,422 
 3,161 
Interest received
 21,768 
 2,926 
Payments to suppliers and employees
 (1,006,411)
 (830,568)
Interest paid
 (9,271)
 (8,715)
Income tax paid
 (11,296)
 (20,239)
Net cash flows from operating activities
24
 390,449 
 236,371 
Investing activities
Capitalised development costs
 (262,496)
 (205,348)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
 (6,752)
 (19,029)
Capitalised contract acquisition costs
 (16,587)
 (16,344)
Business acquisitions
 (15,879)
 (185,423)
Other investing activities
 (3,182)
 (3,900)
Net cash flows from investing activities
 (304,896)
 (430,044)
Financing activities
Proceeds from short-term deposits
 1,427,144 
 963,878 
Payments for short-term deposits
 (1,742,659)
 (1,044,173)
Proceeds from borrowings
 2,146 
 4,279 
Repayment of borrowings
 (4,888)
 (2,433)
Share options exercised
 31,709 
 35,981 
Payment of lease liabilities
 (16,547)
 (13,599)
Payments for buyback of convertible notes
 – 
 (5,455)
Net cash flows from financing activities
 (303,095)
 (61,522)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
 (217,542)
 (255,195)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
 43,974 
 1,538 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
 404,192 
 657,849 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
 230,624 
 404,192 
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

Xero Annual Report 2023
92
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Financial Statements
1. Reporting entity and statutory base
Xero Limited ('the Company') is registered under the  
New Zealand Companies Act 1993 and is listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX). The Company is 
required to be treated as an FMC Reporting Entity under the 
Financial Market Conducts Act 2013 and the Financial 
Reporting Act 2013.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and 
its subsidiaries (together 'the Group' or 'Xero') for the year 
ended 31 March 2023 were authorised in accordance with a 
resolution of the directors for issue on 18 May 2023.
2. Basis of accounting
(a) Basis of preparation
The audited consolidated financial statements of the Group 
have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ GAAP) and the 
Financial Reporting Act 2013. The Group is a for-profit entity 
for the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP. The 
consolidated financial statements comply with New Zealand 
equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards 
(NZ IFRS), other New Zealand accounting standards, and 
authoritative notices that are applicable to entities that 
apply NZ IFRS. The consolidated financial statements also 
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.
Other than where described below, or in the notes, the 
consolidated financial statements have been prepared using 
the historical cost convention.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in New 
Zealand dollars ($) (the 'presentation currency'). Items 
included in the financial statements of each of the Group's 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (the 
'functional currency').
(b) Changes in accounting policies and 
disclosures 
Operating income disclosures have been added to the 
Income Statement for the current and comparative periods. 
The disclosures represent total operating revenue less cost 
of revenue and operating expenses, and demonstrate the 
operating performance of the Group.
Certain comparative information in the Income Statement, 
Statement of Financial Position and Notes 7, 11 and 13 has 
been reclassified to conform with the current period’s 
presentation.
All other accounting policies and disclosures adopted are 
consistent with those of the previous year.
(c) Standards or interpretations issued but not 
yet effective and relevant to the Group
In April 2020 the New Zealand Accounting Standards  
Board issued amendments to NZ IAS 1: Presentation of 
Financial Statements. The amendments are effective for 
Xero from 1 April 2024. The amendments will result in the 
current classification of the term debt and embedded 
conversion feature derivative liability components of Xero's 
convertible notes.
There are no other standards or amendments that have  
been issued but are not yet effective that are expected to 
have a significant impact on the Group.
The Group has not adopted, and currently does not 
anticipate adopting, any standards prior to their effective 
dates.
(d) Critical accounting estimates
In applying the Group's accounting policies, management 
continually evaluates judgements, estimates, and 
assumptions based on experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that may have an 
impact on the Group. All judgements, estimates, and 
assumptions made are believed to be reasonable based on 
the most current set of circumstances available to the 
Group. Actual results may differ from the judgements, 
estimates, and assumptions.
The significant judgements, estimates, and assumptions 
made by management in the preparation of these financial 
statements are outlined within the financial statement notes 
to which they relate.

Xero Annual Report 2023
93
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
3. Segment information
The Group operates in one business segment, providing online business solutions for small businesses and their advisors.  
Xero has two operating segments: Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) and International. These segments have been determined 
based on how the chief operating decision-maker reviews financial performance.
Segment operating expenses represent sales and marketing costs and service delivery costs, including both in-country costs and 
an allocation of centrally managed costs. 
 ANZ
($000s) 
 International
($000s) 
 Total
($000s) 
Year ended 31 March 2023
Operating revenue
 797,719 
 602,165 
 1,399,884 
Expenses
 (245,710)
 (404,064)
 (649,774)
Segment contribution
 552,009 
 198,101 
 750,110 
Year ended 31 March 2022
Operating revenue
 632,680 
 464,139 
 1,096,819 
Expenses
 (201,864)
 (343,177)
 (545,041)
Segment contribution
 430,816 
 120,962 
 551,778 
Reconciliation from segment contribution to net profit/(loss) before tax
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Segment contribution
 750,110 
 551,778 
Product design and development
 (490,048)
 (372,024)
General and administration
 (168,077)
 (144,172)
Restructuring costs
 (34,692)
 – 
Other income
 18,130 
 45,177 
Other expenses
 (12,540)
 (14,090)
Asset impairments and disposals
 (122,680)
 (24,695)
Finance income
 29,119 
 4,080 
Finance expense
 (44,999)
 (43,691)
Net profit/(loss) before tax
 (75,677)
 2,363 
Depreciation and amortisation by segment
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
ANZ
 14,445 
 14,801 
International
27,072
 23,204 
Corporate (not allocated to a segment)
 176,679 
 132,682 
Total
 218,196 
 170,687 
At 31 March 2023, $618.8 million, or 56%, of the Group’s property, plant and equipment and intangible assets was domiciled  
in New Zealand (2022: $517.0 million, or 45%).
Share-based payments by segment
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
ANZ
12,525
 11,704 
International
17,815
 13,876 
Corporate (not allocated to a segment)
 50,522 
 35,477 
Total
 80,862 
 61,057 

Xero Annual Report 2023
94
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
4. Revenue
Operating revenue by geographic location
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Australia 
 623,768 
 483,288 
United Kingdom
 370,751 
 291,614 
New Zealand
 173,951 
 149,392 
North America
 95,909 
 72,571 
Rest of World
 135,505 
 99,954 
Total operating revenue
 1,399,884 
 1,096,819 
Subscription revenue
Subscription revenue comprises recurring monthly fees from subscribers to Xero's cloud-based software products. Subscribers are 
invoiced monthly. Unbilled revenue earned at balance date is recognised in the Statement of Financial Position as accrued income 
and included within trade and other receivables. Unearned revenue received at balance date is recognised in the Statement of 
Financial Position as income in advance and included within other current liabilities.
Subscription revenue is recognised over time as performance obligations under contracts with customers are met. Performance 
obligations for subscriptions to Xero's cloud-based software consist of the provisioning of the software and related support 
services over the term of the contract. Where the performance obligations of add-ons are usage-based (such as payroll and 
expenses), revenue is recognised consistent with the usage profile.
Other operating revenue
Other operating revenue primarily comprises revenue from related non-subscription services such as financial services products, 
of which the majority are provided under agency relationships, and ecosystem arrangements along with income from conferences. 
For the year ended 31 March 2023, 58%, or $42.5 million (2022: 60%, or $28.4 million) of other operating revenue was recognised 
on a usage basis over time, and 13%, or $9.9 million, (2022: nil) related to conference revenue recognised at a point in time.
Performance obligations under financial services and ecosystem arrangements include the referral of customers to the revenue 
share counterparty and the continued servicing of that customer by the counterparty. Performance obligations for conference 
revenue consist of the delivery of the conference.
5. Expenses
Overhead allocation
The presentation of the Income Statement by function requires certain overhead costs to be allocated to functions. These 
allocations require management to apply judgement. Facilities, internal use information technology costs, and depreciation and 
amortisation relating to internal use software have been allocated to functions on a headcount basis. Recruitment costs have been 
allocated according to the number of employees hired in each function during the period.
Sales tax
The Income Statement and the Statement of Cash Flows have been prepared so that all components are stated exclusive of sales 
tax, except where sales tax is not recoverable. All items in the Statement of Financial Position are stated net of sales tax with the 
exception of trade receivables and trade payables, which include sales tax payable. Sales tax includes Goods and Services Tax and 
Value Added Tax where applicable.

Xero Annual Report 2023
95
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Cost of revenue and operating expenses
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Employee entitlements
 766,166 
 608,219 
Employee entitlements capitalised
 (221,241)
 (171,648)
Share-based payments
 106,920 
 80,355 
Share-based payments capitalised
 (26,058)
 (19,298)
Advertising and marketing
 167,012 
 144,646 
Platform costs
 91,639 
 72,871 
Platform costs capitalised
 (9,980)
 (9,668)
Consultants and contractors
 75,524 
 86,289 
Consultants and contractors capitalised
 (44,915)
 (46,035)
Computer equipment and software
 50,463 
 40,433 
Superannuation costs
 38,651 
 28,953 
Travel-related costs
 16,208 
 2,972 
Recruitment and other personnel costs
 12,218 
 13,848 
Communication, insurance and office administration
 12,200 
 10,706 
Rental costs
 9,395 
 9,283 
Auditor's remuneration
 818 
 778 
Restructuring costs
 34,692 
 – 
Other operating expenses
 44,683 
 37,846 
Total cost of revenue and operating expenses excl. depreciation and amortisation*
 1,124,395 
 890,550 
*Net of $302.2 million of costs capitalised as intangible assets (2022: $246.6 million) and grant income of $2.2 million (2022: $3.5 million)
Depreciation and amortisation
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Relating to:
Amortisation of development costs
 170,816 
 127,323 
Amortisation of other intangible assets
 17,281 
 15,510 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
 30,099 
 27,854 
Total depreciation and amortisation
 218,196 
 170,687 
Total cost of revenue and operating expenses
 1,342,591 
 1,061,237 
Depreciation and amortisation included in function expenses:
Product design and development
 171,316 
 126,579 
Sales and marketing
 31,676 
 29,363 
Cost of revenue
 9,841 
 8,642 
General and administration
 5,363 
 6,103 
Total depreciation and amortisation
 218,196 
 170,687 

Xero Annual Report 2023
96
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Auditor's remuneration
The auditor of the Group is Ernst & Young New Zealand.
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Fees for auditing the statutory financial statements
 682 
 633 
Fees for other assurance and agreed-upon-procedures services under legislation or 
contractual arrangements not required to be performed by the auditor
Assurance-related*
 131 
 107 
Fees for other services
Tax compliance
 – 
 36 
Other non-audit services**
 5 
 2 
Total auditor's remuneration
 818 
 778 
* Assurance-related services relate to ISO 27001 certification
** Other non-audit services relate to the provision of remuneration market data
6. Other income and expenses
Other income
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Revaluation of contingent consideration
8,921
38,874
Planday revenue incentive
4,836
–
Derivative revaluation gain
4,129
–
Other income
244
6,303
Total other income
18,130
45,177
Other expenses
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Onerous contract provision
5,575
–
Other expenses
6,965
1,280
Derivative revaluation loss
–
2,274
Planday revenue incentive
–
10,536
Total other expenses
12,540
14,090
7. Finance income and expense
Finance income
Finance income comprises interest income on cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits. Interest income is recognised 
as it is accrued using the effective interest method. The effective interest method calculates the amortised cost of the financial 
asset and allocates the interest income over its expected life.
Finance expense
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Amortisation of discount and debt issuance costs
 34,640 
 29,682 
Lease liability interest
 8,155 
 6,423 
Unwind of discount on contingent consideration
 992 
 5,112 
Bank standby facility costs
 652 
 2,134 
Other finance expense
 560 
 340 
Total finance expense
 44,999 
 43,691 

Xero Annual Report 2023
97
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8. Earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares.
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares on issue during the year, excluding shares held as treasury shares.
Year ended 31 March
2023
(000s)*
2022
(000s)*
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
 150,037 
 148,396 
Net loss attributable to equity holders of the Group
 ($113,532)
 ($9,114)
Basic loss per share
($0.76)
($0.06)
* Except for per share amounts
Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares on issue for the effects of all potential dilution to ordinary shares, which comprise convertible notes, restricted 
shares, options, and restricted stock units (RSUs). Instruments are only treated as dilutive when their conversion to ordinary 
shares would decrease EPS or increase the loss per share.
For the years ended 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2022, there were no differences between diluted and basic EPS.
9. Trade and other receivables
At 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Prepayments
 44,485 
 43,700 
Accrued income
 41,965 
 35,132 
Trade receivables
 13,919 
 16,164 
Provision for doubtful debts
 (954)
 (1,291)
Interest receivable
 9,311 
 1,873 
Other receivables
 20,272 
 16,733 
Total trade and other receivables
 128,998 
 112,311 
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts to be received. They are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost (using the effective interest method) less impairment losses.
Trade receivables relate primarily to subscriptions to Xero’s software products, the majority paid by direct debit. At 31 March 2023, 
trade receivables of the Group of $0.9 million were past due and are considered partially impaired (2022: $1.0 million).
Other receivables at 31 March 2023 include $19.4 million receivable in relation to shares that were sold to cover employees’ 
withholding obligations under Xero’s employee share-based compensation plans (2022: $15.9 million). A corresponding liability is 
recognised in employee entitlements.
Key estimates and assumptions
In accordance with NZ IFRS 9: Financial Instruments, the Group recognises impairment losses using an Expected Credit Loss (ECL) 
model. The Group calculates the impairment for trade receivables using lifetime ECL, which is the expected credit loss resulting 
from all possible default events over the expected life of the trade receivable.
A six-month historical default rate is applied to the current period trade receivable balance to calculate any impairment. Where 
relevant, forward-looking information is also included in the ECL assessment. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through 
the use of a provision account, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the Income Statement. When a receivable is 
uncollectible, it is written off against the provision account for receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written 
off are credited to the Income Statement.

Xero Annual Report 2023
98
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10. Property, plant and equipment
Right of use asset
($000s)
Leasehold 
improvements
($000s)
Furniture and 
equipment
($000s)
Computer 
equipment
($000s)
 Total
($000s)
Year ended 31 March 2023
Opening net book value
 116,853 
 26,887 
 9,214 
 5,363 
 158,317 
Additions
 10,405 
 2,667 
 328 
 3,115 
 16,515 
Impairments and disposals*
 (2,314)
 (107)
 (146)
 (75)
 (2,642)
Reassessment of lease liabilities
 (8,046)
-
-
-
 (8,046)
Depreciation expense
 (19,433)
 (4,190)
 (2,494)
 (3,982)
 (30,099)
Foreign exchange adjustment
 3,157 
 406 
 219 
 267 
 4,049 
Closing net book value
 100,622 
 25,663 
 7,121 
 4,688 
 138,094 
At 31 March 2023
Cost
 153,490 
 44,083 
 15,325 
 10,485 
 223,383 
Accumulated depreciation
 (52,868)
 (18,420)
 (8,204)
 (5,797)
 (85,289)
Closing net book value
 100,622 
 25,663 
 7,121 
 4,688 
 138,094 
*$1.0 million of right of use asset disposals relates to finance lease receivable (2022: $0.2 million of right of use asset disposals related to disposal of lease 
liabilities)
Right of use asset
 ($000s) 
 Leasehold 
improvements 
 ($000s) 
 Furniture and 
equipment 
 ($000s) 
 Computer 
equipment 
 ($000s) 
 Total 
 ($000s) 
Year ended 31 March 2022
Opening net book value
 77,048 
 20,177 
 8,554 
 3,579 
 109,358 
Additions
 49,896 
 11,423 
 2,718 
 5,077 
 69,114 
Acquisitions
 8,473 
 466 
 558 
 210 
 9,707 
Impairments and disposals
 (197)
 (22)
 (220)
 (45)
 (484)
Depreciation expense
 (16,870)
 (5,138)
 (2,417)
 (3,429)
 (27,854)
Foreign exchange adjustment
 (1,497)
 (19)
 21 
 (29)
 (1,524)
Closing net book value
 116,853 
 26,887 
 9,214 
 5,363 
 158,317 
At 31 March 2022
Cost
 153,223 
 41,997 
 15,915 
 10,082 
 221,217 
Accumulated depreciation
 (36,370)
 (15,110)
 (6,701)
 (4,719)
 (62,900)
Closing net book value
 116,853 
 26,887 
 9,214 
 5,363 
 158,317 
Key estimates and assumptions
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation on assets is charged on a straight-line basis to allocate the differences between their original cost and the residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
Right of use asset*
Term of lease**
Leasehold improvements
Term of lease**
Furniture and equipment
2–7 years
Computer equipment
2–3 years
* Substantially all of the right of use asset relates to building leases
** Lease terms range between 2–12 years
There were no changes to the useful lives of property, plant and equipment compared to the year ended 31 March 2022.

Xero Annual Report 2023
99
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11. Intangible assets
Software 
development
($000s)
Contract acquisition 
asset
($000s)
Other intangible 
assets
($000s)
 Goodwill
($000s)
 Total
($000s)
Year ended 31 March 2023
Opening net book value
 490,171 
 35,997 
 13,252 
 419,934 
 959,354 
Additions*
 284,461 
 15,769 
 1,964 
 – 
 302,194 
Amortisation expense
 (170,816)
 (14,230)
 (3,051)
 – 
 (188,097)
Impairments
 (21,691)
 – 
 (2,443)
 (94,904)
 (119,038)
Disposals
(2,234)
–
–
–
(2,234)
Foreign exchange adjustment
 2,735
 1,854 
 280 
5,984
10,853
Closing net book value
582,626
 39,390 
 10,002 
331,014
963,032
At 31 March 2023
Cost
932,662
 73,862 
 15,684 
331,014
1,353,222
Accumulated amortisation
 (350,036)
 (34,472)
 (5,682)
 – 
 (390,190)
Closing net book value
582,626
 39,390 
 10,002 
331,014
963,032
* Included in software development additions is $54.9 million of external costs capitalised (2022: $55.3 million)
Software 
development
($000s)
Contract acquisition 
asset
($000s)
Other intangible 
assets
($000s)
 Goodwill
($000s)
 Total
($000s)
Year ended 31 March 2022
Opening net book value
 318,608 
 31,901 
 7,398 
 126,110 
 484,017 
Additions
 228,720 
 17,087 
 842 
 – 
 246,649 
Acquisitions
 72,222 
 – 
 10,807 
 314,252 
 397,281 
Amortisation expense
 (127,323)
 (12,571)
 (2,939)
 – 
 (142,833)
Impairments
 (983)
 – 
 (2,736)
 (20,381)
 (24,100)
Disposals
(595)
–
–
–
(595)
Foreign exchange adjustment
 (478)
 (420)
 (120)
 (47)
 (1,065)
Closing net book value
 490,171 
 35,997 
 13,252 
 419,934 
 959,354 
At 31 March 2022
Cost
 741,874 
 77,932 
 16,973 
 419,934 
 1,256,713 
Accumulated amortisation
 (251,703)
 (41,935)
 (3,721)
 – 
 (297,359)
Closing net book value
 490,171 
 35,997 
 13,252 
 419,934 
 959,354 
Key estimates and assumptions
Software development
Costs that are directly associated with the development of 
software are recognised as intangible assets where the 
following criteria are met:
	– It is technically feasible to complete the software product 
so that it will be available for use
	– Management intends to complete the software product 
and use or sell it
	– There is an ability to use or sell the software product
	– It can be demonstrated how the software product will 
generate probable future economic benefits
	– Adequate technical, financial, and other resources to 
complete the development and to use or sell the software 
product are available
	– The expenditure attributable to the software product 
during its development can be reliably measured
Other development expenditure that does not meet the 
above criteria is recognised as an expense when incurred. 
Development costs previously recognised as expenses are 
not recognised as assets in a subsequent period. Research 
costs, and costs associated with maintenance, are 
recognised as an expense when incurred.
At 31 March 2023, if software development capitalisation 
rates had been 10% higher/lower with all other variables held 
constant, the impact on operating expenses would have 
been $26.0 million lower/higher (2022: $21.2 million).

Xero Annual Report 2023
100
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Contract acquisition costs
In accordance with NZ IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers, Xero capitalises incremental costs of obtaining 
customer contracts. Capitalisable costs consist of sales 
commissions that have a direct relationship to new revenue 
contracts obtained. Costs capitalised are amortised to sales 
and marketing and expensed over the average period of 
benefit associated with the costs. The period of benefit for 
the contract acquisition asset is determined to be five years 
(2022: five years). Management have determined this as 
appropriate with reference to estimated customer lifespans 
and the useful lives of the software sold to which the 
commissions relate.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets consist of patents, domains, brands, 
and trademark costs, along with customer contracts. Other 
intangible assets acquired in a business combination are 
initially measured at cost, which is their fair value at the date 
of acquisition. Internally generated assets, excluding 
capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and 
expenditure is recognised in the Income Statement when it is 
incurred.
Useful lives of intangible assets
With the exception of goodwill, the useful lives of the Group’s 
intangible assets are assessed to be finite. Assets with finite 
lives are amortised over their useful lives and tested for 
impairment whenever there are indications that the assets 
may be impaired.
Amortisation is recognised in the Income Statement on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the 
intangible asset, from the date it is available for use. The 
estimated useful lives are as follows:
Software development
3–7.5 years
Contract acquisition asset
5 years
Customer contracts
7.5 years
Patents, domains, brands, and 
trademark costs
5–10 years
There were no differences to the estimated useful lives of 
intangible assets compared to the year ended 31 March 
2022, other than customer contracts which had useful lives 
ranging from 3-7.5 years. 
Impairment considerations
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is 
any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal 
estimate of the recoverable amount. Where the carrying 
value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the  
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.
In accordance with NZ IAS 36: Impairment of Assets, the 
recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of fair value 
less costs of disposal or value in use. For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows.
Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, or 
whenever indicators of impairment exist.
Finite life intangible asset impairment testing
Further to the impairment disclosed within the goodwill 
impairment testing section below, an indicator of 
impairment was identified in March 2023 for the Waddle 
CGU in connection with the decision to exit the Waddle 
business. As a result, an impairment test was performed over 
the Waddle CGU at 31 March 2023.
The recoverable amount of the Waddle CGU of $10.1 million 
at 31 March 2023 was calculated on the basis of fair value 
less costs of disposal in accordance with NZ IFRS 13: Fair 
Value Measurement. This methodology yielded a higher 
recoverable amount than that obtained using a value in use 
approach and therefore was required to be used in 
impairment testing under NZ IAS 36. Fair value was 
determined using a 12-month look back peer company 
revenue multiple of 1.6, including a control premium of 40%. 
The recoverable amount is classified as level two on the fair 
value hierarchy.
As the fair value less costs of disposal is less than the 
carrying value of the CGU of $25.4 million, an impairment of 
$15.3 million has been recognised in the current year. Of this 
impairment, $14.9 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million was 
recognised against capitalised software, other intangible 
assets and property, plant and equipment, respectively. The 
impairment charge is recorded within asset impairments and 
disposals in the Income Statement for the year ended 31 
March 2023.
A sensitivity analysis has been performed over the key inputs 
to the determined revenue multiple, being the publicly 
traded multiples of peer companies and the control 
premium. With all other variables held constant, a 10% 
decrease in the peer company revenue multiple would result 
in a increase to the impairment loss of $1.2 million. With all 
other variables held constant, a 10% decrease in the control 
premium would result in an increase to the impairment loss 
of $0.3 million.
Goodwill impairment testing
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs), which 
are the lowest level of assets that generate cash inflows that 
are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets. 
The Group performed a detailed impairment review of 
goodwill for the year ended 31 March 2023. The allocation of 
goodwill to CGUs and methodology applied for the current 
year testing are outlined below. There were no changes to 
the allocation of goodwill from business combinations in 
previous years.

Xero Annual Report 2023
101
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
At 31 March, goodwill is allocated to CGUs within the Group 
as follows:
At 31 March
2023
($000s)
2022
($000s)
ANZ CGU
63,212
61,552
International CGU
91,886
89,372
Planday CGU
138,612
216,539
TaxCycle CGU
37,304
36,297
Waddle CGU
–
16,174
Total goodwill
331,014
419,934
ANZ and International CGUs
The recoverable amounts of the ANZ and International CGUs 
were calculated on the basis of fair value less costs of 
disposal in accordance with NZ IFRS 13. Fair value was 
determined using a 12-month look back peer company 
revenue multiple of 5.9 for ANZ and 7.7 for International 
(2022: 15.4), including a control premium of 40% for ANZ and 
38% for International (2022: 20%). The recoverable amount 
is classified as level two on the fair value hierarchy. A 
sensitivity analysis has been performed over the key inputs 
to the determined revenue multiple, being the publicly 
traded multiples of peer companies and the control 
premium. A reasonably possible change in the key inputs 
would not give rise to an impairment.
Planday CGU
The recoverable amount of the Planday CGU of $195.7 
million at 31 March 2023 was calculated on the basis of fair 
value less costs of disposal in accordance with NZ IFRS 13. 
This valuation methodology yields a higher recoverable 
amount than that obtained using a value in use valuation 
approach and therefore is the approach required to be used 
in calculating impairment under NZ IAS 36. Fair value was 
determined using a 12-month look back peer company 
revenue multiple of 5.2 (2022: 12.2), including a control 
premium of 32% (2022: 20%). The recoverable amount is 
classified as level two on the fair value hierarchy.
As the fair value less costs of disposal is less than the 
carrying value of the CGU of $273.7 million, an impairment of 
$77.9 million has been recognised in the current year.
As a result of the impairment, goodwill relating to the Planday 
CGU was reduced from $216.5 million to $138.6 million. The 
impairment charge is recorded within asset impairments and 
disposals in the Income Statement for the year ended 31 
March 2023. The impairment results from a reduction in 
market valuation multiples, along with operational 
performance.
A sensitivity analysis has been performed over the key inputs 
to the determined revenue multiple, being the publicly 
traded multiples of peer and the control premium. With all 
other variables held constant, a 10% decrease in the peer 
company revenue multiple would result in an increase to the 
impairment loss of $20.6 million. With all other variables 
held constant, a 10% decrease in the control premium would 
result in an increase to the impairment loss of $5.0 million.
TaxCycle CGU
The recoverable amount of the TaxCycle CGU was calculated 
based on a value in use valuation using a discounted cash 
flow model. The major inputs and assumptions used in 
performing the assessment that require judgement are 
included in the table below. 
Cash flow forecast period
5 years
Average annual cash flow growth
75%
Terminal growth rate
4%
Discount rate (post-tax)
12%
Discount rate (pre-tax)
16%
Growth in cash flows reflects the fact that revenues are 
expected to increase at a much higher rate than expenses as 
economies of scale are achieved. The forecast financial 
information was based on both past experience and future 
expectations of CGU performance. The terminal growth rate 
is determined based on the long-term anticipated growth 
rate of the business and was determined with reference to 
external benchmarks. The discount rate used is based on the 
CGU’s weighted average cost of capital and was determined 
by an external valuation specialist.
A sensitivity analysis was performed over the key inputs to 
the value in use valuation, being the discount rate, terminal 
growth rate and cash flow forecasts. With all other variables 
held constant, the discount rate would need to increase by 
1.5 percentage points, the terminal growth rate would need 
to decrease by 2.0 percentage points, or the forecast cash 
flows would need to be discounted by 18.0 percentage points 
before the recoverable amount of the CGU would be less 
than its carrying value. 
For the year ended 31 March 2022, the recoverable amount 
of the TaxCycle CGU was calculated on the basis of fair value 
less costs of disposal. The peer company revenue multiple 
used in determining the recoverable amount under the fair 
value less costs of disposal valuation was 10.1, including a 
control premium of 20%. With all other variables held 
constant, the peer company multiple would have needed to 
decrease by 2.0 before the recoverable amount of the CGU 
was less than its carrying value. With all other variables held 
constant, no possible decreases to the control premium 
would have resulted in the recoverable amount being less 
than its carrying amount.

Xero Annual Report 2023
102
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Waddle CGU
An indicator of impairment was identified at 30 September 
2022 for the Waddle CGU, due to changed operational and 
market conditions. As a result, an impairment test was 
performed over the Waddle CGU at 30 September 2022.
The recoverable amount of the Waddle CGU of $23.9 million 
at 30 September 2022 was calculated based on a value in use 
valuation using a discounted cash flow model. This valuation 
methodology yielded a higher recoverable amount than that 
obtained using a fair value less costs of disposal approach 
and therefore was required to be used in impairment testing 
calculations under NZ IAS 36.
The major inputs and assumptions used in performing the 
assessment at 30 September 2022 that require judgement 
are included in the table below. 
Cash flow forecast period
5 years
Average annual revenue cash flow growth
43%
Average annual costs cash flow growth
22%
Terminal growth rate
4%
Discount rate (post-tax)
16%
Discount rate (pre-tax)
23%
Growth in cash flows reflected the fact that revenues were 
expected to increase at a much higher rate than expenses as 
economies of scale were achieved. The forecast financial 
information was based on both past experience and future 
expectations of CGU performance. The terminal growth rate 
was determined based on the long-term anticipated growth 
rate of the business. The discount rate was determined by an 
external valuation specialist. A sensitivity analysis was 
performed over the key inputs to the value in use valuation 
being the discount rate, terminal growth rate and cash flow 
forecasts. With all other variables held constant a 1.0 
percentage point increase in discount rate, or a 1.0 
percentage point decrease in terminal growth rate would 
have resulted in an additional impairment of $4.1 million and 
$3.0 million, respectively. A 10% reduction in forecasted cash 
flows would have resulted in an additional $5.5 million 
impairment.
As the recoverable amount determined using the value in use 
valuation methodology was less than the carrying amount of 
the Waddle CGU of $49.8 million, an impairment of $25.9 
million was recognised in the current year. Of this 
impairment, $17.0 million, $2.2 million and $6.8 million was 
recognised against goodwill, customer contracts and 
software development, respectively. The impairment charge 
is recorded within asset impairments and disposals in the 
Income Statement for the year ended 31 March 2023.
For the year ended 31 March 2022, the recoverable amount of 
the Waddle CGU of $48.0 million was calculated on the basis 
of fair value less costs of disposal. The peer company revenue 
multiple used in determining the recoverable amount under 
the fair value less cost of disposal valuation approach was 5.7, 
inclusive of a control premium of 20%. As the fair value less 
costs of disposal was less than the carrying value of the CGU 
of $68.4 million, an impairment of $20.4 million was 
recognised. With all other variables held constant, a 10% 
decrease in the peer company revenue multiple would have 
resulted in an increase to the impairment loss of $4.9 million. 
With all other variables held constant, a 10% decrease in the 
control premium would have resulted in an increase to the 
impairment loss of $0.8 million.

Xero Annual Report 2023
103
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
12. Trade and other payables
At 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Trade payables
 17,819 
 15,297 
Accrued expenses
 27,629 
 30,359 
Sales tax payable
 6,756 
 9,805 
Total trade and other payables
 52,204 
 55,461 
The Group recognises trade and other payables initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. The amounts are unsecured and non-interest bearing.
13. Other current liabilities
At 31 March
 Note 
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Income in advance
 27,961 
 25,968 
Contingent consideration
16
 271 
 10,399 
Other current liabilities
 9,587 
 3,636 
Total other current liabilities
 37,819 
 40,003 
The Group recognises other current liabilities, excluding contingent consideration and acquisition holdbacks payable included in 
other current liabilities, initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Contingent 
consideration and acquisition holdbacks payable are recognised initially at the present value of expected future cash flows and 
subsequently at fair value. Adjustments are made to the fair value where expected achievement against targets changes.
Income in advance is recognised when the Group has received consideration prior to services being rendered. All income in 
advance from the prior period was subsequently recognised as revenue in the year.
14. Provisions
At 31 March 2023
 Restructuring 
provision
($000s) 
 Onerous contracts
($000s) 
 Other provisions
($000s) 
 Total
($000s) 
Opening balance
 – 
 – 
 6,223 
 6,223 
Provisions made during the year
 32,114 
5,575
 8,636 
 46,325 
Provisions utilised during the year
 – 
 – 
 (36)
 (36)
Provisions reversed during the year
 – 
 – 
 (415)
 (415)
Unwinding of discount
 – 
 – 
 275 
 275 
Foreign exchange adjustment
 (349)
 (20)
 193
 (176)
Closing balance
 31,765 
5,555
 14,876
 52,196
Current
 31,765 
3,071
 8,089
 42,925 
Non-current
 – 
2,484
 6,787 
 9,271 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reliably estimated.
Restructuring provisions relate to the estimated costs of employee termination benefits and other exit costs related to a program 
announced to streamline the Group’s operations and realign the business. The provision for restructuring has been recognised as 
the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring has commenced and been announced 
publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for. Estimation uncertainty relates to the specific employees who will exit the 
business, and timing of the plan being carried out. 
Non-current provisions are included in other non-current liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position.

Xero Annual Report 2023
104
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. Lease liabilities
At 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Balance at 1 April
 136,218 
 94,530 
Leases entered into during the period
 8,361 
 43,600 
Principal repayments
 (16,547)
 (13,599)
Change in future lease payments
 (8,046)
 4,897 
Foreign exchange adjustment
 3,435 
 (1,683)
Acquisitions
 – 
 8,473 
Balance at 31 March
 123,421 
 136,218 
Current
 17,258 
 14,292 
Non-current
 106,163 
 121,926 
Under NZ IFRS 16: Leases, the Group is required to recognise lease liabilities for contracts identified as containing a lease, except 
when the lease is for 12 months or less, or the underlying asset is of low value. The majority of the Group's leases relate to buildings.
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in 
the Income Statement. The expense relating to short-term leases for the year ended 31 March 2023 was $3.2 million (2022:  
$2.7 million). Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. The expense relating to low-value assets 
for the year ended 31 March 2023 was $5.2 million (2022: $4.8 million).
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the Group's incremental 
borrowing rate. Subsequently, the carrying value of the liability is adjusted to reflect interest and lease payments made. Lease 
liabilities may be re-measured if there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or market rate, if 
there is a change in the Group's estimate of the amount expected to be payable, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether 
it will exercise a renewal or termination option.
At lease commencement, the Group assesses whether it expects to exercise renewal or termination options included in contracts. 
Where it is reasonably certain that such options will be exercised, these are included in the determination of the lease term. The 
lease term is reassessed if there is a significant event or change in circumstances, that is within the Group's control, which affects 
whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an option.

Xero Annual Report 2023
105
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
16. Contingent consideration
At 31 March
2023
($000s)
Balance at 1 April
 24,216 
Unwinding of discount
 992 
Contingent consideration payments
 (15,879)
Change in fair value estimate
 (8,921)
Foreign exchange adjustment
 1,015 
Balance at 31 March
 1,423 
Current
 271 
Non-current
 1,152 
Contingent consideration comprises the Group’s probability-weighted assessment of discounted amounts payable to vendors in 
respect of business acquisitions. Payments of contingent consideration during the year comprised payments to the previous 
shareholders of Waddle and Tickstar for the completion of a number of product development and business integration milestones.
Changes in fair value estimates for the year ended 31 March 2023 includes revaluation gains relating to expected payments for 
revenue and product milestones. The revenue milestone revaluations result from updated revenue forecasts, while revaluations 
relating to product milestones result from changes in probability of achievement of product development milestones. 
$0.7 million of the balance at 31 March 2023 is expected to be settled in cash, with the remaining expected to be settled in shares 
of Xero Limited. The non-current portion of contingent consideration is expected to become payable following the achievement of 
specified revenue milestones by June 2024.
17. Term debt
Convertible notes and conversion feature derivative
On 2 December 2020, Xero Investments Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued USD700 million of convertible 
notes. The notes are listed on the SGX-ST.
The notes have a zero coupon interest rate, are unsubordinated, unsecured obligations of Xero, and will redeem at par at the final 
maturity date of 2 December 2025. The noteholders have the right to redeem the notes at any time, in cash or in ordinary shares at 
the election of Xero. The cash settlement amount will be calculated based on the number of reference shares multiplied by the 
volume-weighted average price of the ordinary shares over the preceding 75-day trading period. The number of reference shares is 
determined by the face value of the notes divided by the conversion price of the notes (USD134.72 per ordinary share at 31 March 
2023), rounded down to the nearest share.
The conversion feature of the notes is required to be separated from the notes and is accounted for as a derivative financial 
liability. The principal amount, unamortised debt discount, unamortised issue costs, and net carrying amount of the liability 
component of the convertible notes at 31 March are as follows:
At 31 March 
2023
($000s)
2022
($000s)
Principal amount
 1,117,711 
 1,003,721 
Unamortised debt discount
 (88,605)
 (107,576)
Unamortised issuance costs
 (9,312)
 (11,306)
Term debt
 1,019,794 
 884,839 
Amortisation of discount and debt issuance costs for the year ended 31 March 2023 was $34.6 million (2022: $29.7 million).

Xero Annual Report 2023
106
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Call spread options
In connection with the issuance of the convertible notes, Xero purchased call spread options which are expected to reduce 
potential dilution to shareholders upon conversion of the notes, by offsetting any cash payments Xero may be required to make in 
excess of the principal amounts on conversion. The call spread options will be effective at offsetting dilution on conversion of the 
notes up to a share price of USD174.64 (AUD237.76). The call spread options consist of 0.7 million lower strike call options 
purchased with an average strike price equal to the conversion price of the notes, and 0.7 million upper strike call options sold 
with an average strike price of USD174.64. Both the lower call and upper call options are exercisable into a total of approximately 
5.2 million ordinary shares. The call spread options have expiry dates between 13 August 2025 and 25 November 2025.
The upper strike call options are accounted for as equity, and are recognised at their initial fair value, less transaction costs. On 
initial recognition, the upper strike call options were recognised at a fair value of $63.7 million and were not subsequently revalued.
18. Financial instruments, capital and financial risk management
Financial instruments
Financial instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position include cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, 
receivables and payables, contingent consideration, term debt, and derivative financial instruments. The Group’s policy is that no 
speculative trading in financial instruments may be undertaken.
Classification and fair values
Xero has carried out a fair value assessment of its financial assets and liabilities at 31 March 2023 in accordance with NZ IFRS 9.
Under NZ IFRS 9, financial instruments are classified as either measured at amortised cost, fair value through other 
comprehensive income, or fair value through profit or loss. The classification of the Group's financial instruments into these 
categories is included within the table below.
At initial recognition, the fair value of the convertible notes was determined using a market interest rate for an equivalent 
non-convertible bond. The notes are subsequently recognised at amortised cost. The fair value of the debt component of the 
notes at 31 March 2023 was $919.1 million (2022: $826.7 million).
The carrying values of the Group's other financial instruments do not materially differ from their fair value.
There were no transfers between classes of financial instruments during the period.
Key estimates and assumptions
The Group's foreign exchange derivatives, conversion feature, call option derivative assets, and contingent consideration liabilities 
are recognised at fair value. Fair value of foreign exchange derivatives are determined using forward exchange rates that are 
quoted in an active market (level two on the fair value hierarchy).
The fair values of the conversion feature and call option derivative assets relating to the convertible notes are determined using 
valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as 
little as possible on entity-specific estimates (level two on the fair value hierarchy). Inputs into the valuation include share price 
volatility and time to expiration.
The fair value of contingent consideration is determined using valuation techniques such as probability-weighted forecasts of 
meeting certain product development and revenue targets (level three on the fair value hierarchy), and is discounted using the 
acquired entity's weighted average cost of capital.

Xero Annual Report 2023
107
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 Financial  
assets at 
amortised cost
($000s) 
 Financial 
instruments at 
fair value through 
profit or loss
($000s) 
 Financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
($000s) 
 Total carrying 
value
($000s) 
At 31 March 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
 230,624 
 – 
 – 
 230,624 
Term deposits
 886,563 
 – 
 – 
 886,563 
Trade and other receivables
 42,548 
 – 
 – 
 42,548 
Derivative assets (foreign currency derivatives)*
 – 
 6,267 
 – 
 6,267 
Derivative assets (call spread options)
 – 
 31,156 
 – 
 31,156 
Other current assets
 7,104 
 – 
 – 
 7,104 
Other non-current assets
 812 
 – 
 – 
 812 
Total financial assets
 1,167,651 
 37,423 
 – 
 1,205,074 
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
 – 
 – 
 17,819 
 17,819 
Derivative liabilities (foreign currency derivatives)*
 – 
 5,949 
 – 
 5,949 
Derivative liabilities (conversion feature on convertible notes)
 – 
 27,742 
 – 
 27,742 
Term debt
 – 
 – 
 1,019,794 
 1,019,794 
Other current liabilities
 – 
 9,370 
 – 
 9,370 
Other non-current liabilities
 – 
 1,285 
 – 
 1,285 
Total financial liabilities
 – 
 44,346 
 1,037,613 
 1,081,959 
At 31 March 2022
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
 404,192 
 – 
 – 
 404,192 
Term deposits
 531,866 
 – 
 – 
 531,866 
Trade and other receivables
 33,479 
 – 
 – 
 33,479 
Derivative assets (foreign currency derivatives)*
 – 
 6,594 
 – 
 6,594 
Derivative assets (call spread options)
 – 
 55,908 
 – 
 55,908 
Other current assets
 7,538 
 – 
 – 
 7,538 
Other non-current assets
 577 
 – 
 – 
 577 
Total financial assets
 977,652 
 62,502 
 – 
 1,040,154 
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
 – 
 – 
 15,297 
 15,297 
Derivative liabilities (foreign currency derivatives)*
 – 
 2,876 
 – 
 2,876 
Derivative liabilities (conversion feature on convertible notes)
 – 
 56,259 
 – 
 56,259 
Term debt
 – 
 – 
 884,839 
 884,839 
Other current liabilities
 – 
 10,399 
 2,692 
 13,091 
Other non-current liabilities
 – 
 22,464 
 – 
 22,464 
Total financial liabilities
 – 
 91,998 
 902,828 
 994,826 
* Foreign currency derivatives are hedge accounted when possible with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income until the 
underlying cash flows are realised, at which point the gains and losses are reclassified to the Income Statement

Xero Annual Report 2023
108
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Capital management 
For the purposes of capital management, the Group's capital primarily consists of equity raised by the issue of ordinary shares in 
the Company and issued debt. Xero manages its capital in order to maintain an appropriate capital structure to support the 
business and maximise shareholder value. The Group’s capital structure is adjusted based on business needs and economic 
conditions.
As part of ongoing capital management Xero reduced its short-term debt facilities during the period. This reflected a decision to 
cancel its undrawn NZD150 million standby facility in July 2022 and to replace the AUD30 million facility in place to support the 
Waddle direct lending portfolio with a smaller AUD10 million facility to provide short-term liquidity. The AUD10 million facility was 
cancelled in March 2023.
Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to the following risks through the normal course of business and from its use of financial instruments:
a.	 Market risk
b.	 Liquidity risk
c.	 Credit risk
The following presents both qualitative and quantitative information on the Group's exposure to each of the above risks, along 
with policies and processes for managing risk.
(a) Market risk
The Group is exposed to market risk primarily through changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.
Foreign currency risk
Nature of risk 
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the changes to foreign currency exchange rates negatively impact the Group's New Zealand 
dollar (NZD) net cash flows.
Exposure and risk management 
Xero is exposed to currency risk from the operations of foreign subsidiaries and foreign currency denominated expenses in the parent 
Company. The Group has significant operations in five foreign currencies, being Australian dollars (AUD), United States dollars (USD), 
Great British pounds (GBP), Canadian dollars (CAD), and Euros (EUR) with exposures to other currencies to a lesser degree. The 
material exposures are USD, CAD and EUR outflows, as well as AUD and GBP inflows. In order to reduce the impact of short-term 
movements in exchange rates, the Group's treasury policy requires a portion of the next 18 months' net USD and CAD cash flows, and 
24 months’ net AUD and GBP cash flows, to be hedged with forward exchange contracts and vanilla options (outright purchased 
options and vanilla collars).

Xero Annual Report 2023
109
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Group's exposure to monetary foreign currency financial instruments and lease liabilities is outlined below in NZD:
 AUD
($000s) 
 USD
($000s) 
 GBP
($000s) 
 CAD
($000s) 
 EUR
($000s) 
At 31 March 2023
Exposures
Cash and cash equivalents, and short-term deposits
 61,705 
 762,857 
 17,247 
 980 
 594 
Trade and other receivables
 2,167 
 7,977 
 2,903 
 1,931 
 100 
Other current assets
 6,667 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
Trade and other payables
 (2,254)
 (3,944)
 (6,612)
 (88)
 (103)
Other current liabilities
 (140)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
Other non-current liabilities
 – 
 (2,710)
 – 
 (6,451)
 – 
Lease liabilities
 (37,259)
 (7,379)
 (27,791)
 (1,044)
 (168)
Term debt (including conversion feature)
 – 
 (1,117,711)
 – 
 – 
 – 
Derivative financial instruments (foreign currency 
derivatives)
 136,617 
 (68,556)
 168,663 
 (25,064)
 (4,320)
Total foreign currency exposure
 167,503 
 (429,466)
 154,410 
 (29,736)
 (3,897)
At 31 March 2022
Exposures
Cash and cash equivalents, and short-term deposits
 16,772 
 691,917 
 10,963 
 3,878 
 174 
Trade and other receivables
 5,063 
 1,938 
 2,929 
 1,645 
 159 
Other current assets
 6,681 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
Trade and other payables
 (5,407)
 (708)
 (1,974)
 (589)
 (68)
Other current liabilities
 (6,427)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
Other non-current liabilities
 (511)
 – 
 – 
 (6,044)
 (3,066)
Lease liabilities
 (41,466)
 (11,110)
 (27,345)
 (1,291)
 – 
Term debt (including conversion feature)
 – 
 (1,003,721)
 – 
 – 
 – 
Derivative financial instruments (foreign currency 
derivatives)
 134,530 
 (55,871)
 125,264 
 (1,980)
 (4,320)
Total foreign currency exposure
 109,235 
 (377,555)
 109,837 
 (4,381)
 (7,121)
At 31 March, a movement of 10% in the NZD would impact the Income Statement and Statement of Changes in Equity (after 
hedging) as detailed in the table below:
10% decrease
10% increase
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Impact on:
Net loss before income tax (increase/(decrease))
 (5,849)
 7,682 
 4,786 
 (6,286)
Equity (before income tax) (increase/(decrease))
 (1,601) 
 (2,967)
 1,311
 2,427 
This analysis assumes a movement in the NZD across all currencies and only includes the effect of foreign exchange movements 
on financial instruments. All other variables remain constant.

Xero Annual Report 2023
110
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Interest rate risk
Nature of risk 
Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in interest rates negatively impact the Group's financial performance or the value of its 
financial instruments.
Exposure and risk management 
The Group's interest rate risk arises from its cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposit balances, and when term debt is 
refinanced. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, deposits held on call with banks, funds invested in money market 
funds, and other short-term and highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Surplus balances are placed 
in short-term investments with high credit quality counterparties. The repricing of these at maturity exposes the Group to interest 
rate risk. Money market funds invested into include a broad range of highly rated short-term fixed income securities and calculate 
investment returns on a daily basis. Changes to interest rates will impact the returns generated by each fund. The convertible 
notes would give rise to interest rate risk at maturity (December 2025) if the Group were to refinance at prevailing interest rates, 
with higher interest rates increasing the cost of debt financing should they be in effect at this time.
The Group does not currently enter into interest rate hedges. However, management regularly reviews its investment and funding 
arrangements to ensure it achieves the best returns on its funds while maintaining access to necessary liquidity levels to service 
the Group’s day-to-day activities. 
Sensitivity to interest rate risk
If interest rates for the year ended 31 March 2023 had been 1.0% higher/lower with all other variables held constant, the impact on 
the interest income would have been $10.0 million higher/lower, net loss of the Group $10.0 million lower/higher and accumulated 
losses $10.0 million lower/higher (2022: $9.3 million). This analysis assumes that the cash and cash equivalents and short-term 
deposits balance was consistent with the year end balance throughout the year.

Xero Annual Report 2023
111
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(b) Liquidity risk
Nature of risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group cannot pay contractual liabilities as they fall due. 
Exposure and risk management 
At 31 March 2023 the Group held cash and cash equivalents of $230.6 million and term deposits of $886.6 million, which are 
available to be used to service the Group's day-to-day activities, and for investments into strategic and complementary businesses 
and assets.
The liquidity risk that arises on maturity of the convertible notes in December 2025 is being closely monitored by management, 
with the intention that there will be repayment or refinancing plans in advance of this to ensure that the Group has sufficient 
liquidity to meet its contractual obligations as they fall due.
The Group's exposure to liquidity risk based on undiscounted contractual cash flows relating to financial liabilities and lease 
liabilities is summarised below:
 Less than  
12 months
($000s) 
 Between  
1 and 2 years
($000s) 
 Between  
2 and 5 years
($000s) 
 Over 5 years
($000s) 
 Total 
contractual  
cash flows
($000s) 
 Carrying  
amount
($000s) 
At 31 March 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
 17,819 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 17,819 
 17,819 
Lease liabilities
 24,721 
 23,383 
 54,820 
 52,857 
 155,781 
 123,421 
Other current liabilities
 9,211 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 9,211 
 9,099 
Other non-current liabilities
 – 
 – 
 133 
 – 
 133 
 133 
Term debt
 – 
 – 
 1,117,711 
 – 
 1,117,711 
 1,019,794 
Contingent consideration
 150 
 678 
 – 
 – 
 828 
 712 
Contractual cash flows
 51,901 
 24,061 
 1,172,664 
 52,857 
 1,301,483 
 1,170,978 
Derivative financial liabilities
Forward exchange contracts
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (5,949)
Inflows
 150,576 
 23,747 
–
–
174,323
 – 
Outflows
 (150,827)
 (23,436)
–
–
(174,263)
 – 
Contractual cash flows
 (251)
 311 
 – 
 – 
 60 
 (5,949)
At 31 March 2022
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
 15,297 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 15,297 
 15,297 
Lease liabilities
 18,361 
 19,359 
 54,930 
 68,458 
 161,108 
 136,218 
Other current liabilities
 2,692 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2,692 
 2,692 
Other non-current liabilities
 – 
 8,916 
 – 
 – 
 8,916 
 8,647 
Term debt
 – 
 – 
 1,003,721 
 – 
 1,003,721 
 884,839 
Contingent consideration
 3,926 
 7,715 
 1,365 
 – 
 13,006 
 12,108 
Contractual cash flows
 40,276 
 35,990 
 1,060,016 
 68,458 
 1,204,740 
 1,059,801 
Derivative financial liabilities
Forward exchange contracts
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (2,877)
Inflows
 102,894 
 35,657 
 – 
 – 
 138,551 
 – 
Outflows
 (101,505)
 (34,754)
 – 
 – 
 (136,259)
 – 
Contractual cash flows
 1,389 
 903 
 – 
 – 
 2,292 
 (2,877)

Xero Annual Report 2023
112
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(c) Credit risk
Nature of risk 
Credit risk arises in the normal course of Xero's business on financial assets if a counterparty fails to meet its contractual 
obligations.
Exposure and risk management 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to credit risk principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term 
deposits, derivatives, bonds and deposits, and receivables.
The Group manages credit risk by placing cash, short-term deposits, and derivative contracts with high-quality financial 
institutions. The exposure to the credit risk of the call option counterparties means that in the event of default, the Group may 
have to pay an increased amount on settlement of the convertible notes. The Group manages liquidity factoring in any risk of 
default. The credit risk associated with trade receivables is small, due to the inherently low transaction value and the distribution 
over a large number of customers.
Group financial assets subject to credit risk at balance date are as follows:
At 31 March
2023
($000s)
2022
($000s)
Cash and cash equivalents
 230,624 
 404,192 
Short-term deposits
 886,563 
 531,866 
Trade and other receivables
 42,548 
 33,479 
Derivative financial assets
 37,423 
 62,502 
Other current assets
 7,104 
 7,538 
Non-current assets
 812 
 577 
Total financial assets subject to credit risk
 1,205,074 
 1,040,154 
A summary of the Group’s exposure to credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, and derivative assets 
categorised by external credit risk grading is as follows:
At 31 March
2023
($000s)
2022
($000s)
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits
AAAm
 95,794 
 227,485 
A-1+
 785,408 
 561,855 
A-1
 231,757 
 119,668 
A-2
 4,228 
 27,050 
Total cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits
 1,117,187 
 936,058 
Derivative assets
A-1+
 4,945 
 698 
A-1
 32,478 
 46,431 
A-2
 – 
 15,373 
Total derivative assets
 37,423 
 62,502 
Total exposure to credit risk
 1,154,610 
 998,560 
$19.4 million of the Group’s trade and other receivables, other current assets, and non-current assets, are with counterparties with 
an A-1 external credit risk rating (2022: $15.9 million with counterparties with an A-2 external credit risk rating). The remaining 
amounts are with counterparties who have no external credit risk rating. Due to the nature of the Group’s business, the balances do 
not consist of any concentration of risk that is considered individually material.

Xero Annual Report 2023
113
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
19. Derivatives and hedge accounting
The Group's derivative financial instruments consist of forward exchange contracts, vanilla foreign exchange options (outright 
purchased options and vanilla collars), conversion feature of the convertible notes, and call spread options entered into in 
connection with the convertible notes.
At 31 March
2023
($000s)
2022
($000s)
Current derivative assets
Foreign exchange contracts
 5,555 
 6,233 
Foreign exchange options
15
–
Non-current derivative assets
Call spread options
 31,156 
 55,908 
Foreign exchange contracts
 697 
 361 
Total derivative assets 
 37,423 
 62,502 
Current derivative liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts
 (5,544)
 (2,511)
Non-current derivative liabilities
Conversion feature of convertible notes
 (27,742)
 (56,259)
Foreign exchange contracts
 (405)
 (365)
Total derivative liabilities 
 (33,691)
 (59,135)
Foreign currency hedges
The Group uses derivatives in the form of forward exchange contracts and vanilla foreign exchange options (outright purchased 
options and vanilla collars) to reduce the risk that movements in foreign exchange rates will affect the Group’s NZD cash flows. 
Whenever possible, these derivatives have been designated as a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge of a highly probable 
forecast transaction under NZ IFRS 9. The Group determines the existence of an economic relationship between the hedging 
instrument and the hedged item based on the currency and timing of respective cash flows. Derivatives in hedge relationships are 
designated as hedging instruments based on a hedge ratio of 1:1. Ineffectiveness arises if there is a change in the forecasted timing 
or amount of cash flows of hedged items.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in 
other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the Income 
Statement. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the Income Statement in the periods when the hedged transaction 
affects profit and loss. Only the intrinsic value of options are designated in hedge relationships with movements in the time value 
of foreign exchange options recognised immediately in the Income Statement. The Group has taken up the option under NZ IFRS 9 
to defer forward points into other comprehensive income.
During the year, a net hedging gain of $3.6 million (before taxation) was recognised in other comprehensive income (2022: gain of 
$11.7 million). During the year, a gain of $7.0 million (before taxation) was reclassified out of other comprehensive income to the 
Income Statement (2022: gain of $2.5 million). The remaining balance will be reclassified to the Income Statement in future 
reporting periods as the relevant hedging instruments mature.

Xero Annual Report 2023
114
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hedge position
The Group’s financial instruments designated as hedging instruments are as follows:
At 31 March
 2023
Average  
forward price 
 2023
Fair value
($000s) 
 2023  
Notional amount  
hedged (NZD)
($000s) 
 2022
Average  
forward price 
 2022
Fair value
($000s) 
 2022  
Notional amount  
hedged (NZD)
($000s) 
Derivative assets
Buy USD – Sell NZD
0.6537
 1,904 
 42,836 
0.7100
 1,315 
 50,702 
Buy CAD – Sell NZD
0.8550
 42 
 2,339 
0.8837
 39 
 1,980 
Buy NZD – Sell AUD 
0.8988
 3,958 
 131,284 
0.9192
 97 
 33,726 
Buy NZD – Sell GBP
0.4987
 337 
 42,106 
0.4989
 4,985 
 125,264 
Total
 6,241 
 6,436 
Derivative liabilities
Buy USD – Sell NZD
0.5825
 (1,994)
 30,041 
0.6644
 (661)
 17,309 
Buy CAD – Sell NZD
0.7921
 (1,351)
 22,725 
 – 
 – 
 – 
Buy NZD – Sell AUD 
0.9377
 (23)
 5,332 
0.9326
 (1,630)
 104,541 
Buy NZD – Sell GBP
0.5136
 (2,062)
 126,557 
 – 
 – 
 – 
Total
 (5,430)
 (2,291)
Conversion feature and call option derivatives
The conversion feature derivative liability of the convertible notes represents an embedded derivative financial instrument in the 
host debt contract. The conversion feature represents the Group’s obligation to issue Xero Limited shares (or an equivalent 
amount of cash) should noteholders exercise their conversion option. The embedded conversion derivatives are carried in the 
Statement of Financial Position at their estimated fair value and adjusted at the end of each reporting period, with any unrealised 
gain or loss reflected in the Income Statement. During the year ended 31 March 2023, the Group recognised a $37.9 million 
revaluation gain in the Income Statement relating to the conversion feature derivative (2022: gain of $65.4 million).
In connection with the issue of the convertible notes, the Group entered into call spread options. The lower strike call options 
mirror the conversion option embedded in the convertible notes, and are accounted for as derivative assets in the Statement of 
Financial Position at their estimated fair value. The derivative assets are adjusted to fair value each reporting period, with 
unrealised gains or losses reflected in the Income Statement. During the year ended 31 March 2023, the Group recognised a  
$33.8 million revaluation loss in the Income Statement relating to the lower strike call options (2022: loss of $67.7 million).
20. Changes in financial assets and liabilities arising from financing activities
Year ended 31 March 2023
At 1 April
2022
($000s)
Proceeds
($000s)
Payments
($000s)
Amortisation 
expense
($000s)
Foreign 
exchange 
movement
($000s)
Fair value 
movements
($000s)
At 31 March 
2023
($000s)
Short-term deposits
 531,866 
 (1,427,144)
 1,742,659 
 – 
 39,182 
 – 
 886,563 
Call spread option derivative assets
 55,908 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 9,019 
 (33,771)
 31,156 
Term debt and conversion feature
 (941,098)
 – 
 – 
 (34,640)
 (109,697)
 37,899 
 (1,047,536)
Other current liabilities
 (2,692)
 (2,146)
 4,888 
 – 
 (50)
 – 
 – 
Year ended 31 March 2022
At 1 April
2021
($000s)
Proceeds
($000s)
Payments
($000s)
Amortisation 
expense
($000s)
Foreign 
exchange 
movement
($000s)
Fair value 
movements
($000s)
At 31 March 
2022
($000s)
Short-term deposits
 452,814 
 (963,878)
 1,044,173 
 – 
 (1,243)
 – 
 531,866 
Call spread option derivative assets
 122,123 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 1,443 
 (67,658)
 55,908 
Term debt and conversion feature
 (979,810)
 – 
 (5,455)
 (29,682)
 8,465 
 65,384 
 (941,098)
Other current liabilities
 (826)
 (4,279)
 2,433 
 – 
 (20)
 – 
 (2,692)

Xero Annual Report 2023
115
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
21. Share capital
 Note 
 2023
AUD Price* 
 2023
(000s) 
 2022
AUD Price* 
 2022
(000s) 
Balance at 1 April
 – 
 149,547 
 – 
 146,964 
Issue of ordinary shares – exercising of employee share options 
25
42.39
 677 
41.27
 832 
Issue of ordinary shares – restricted stock unit schemes
25
86.98
 841 
115.19
 512 
Issue of ordinary shares – acquisition of Planday
 – 
 – 
120.87
 908 
Issue of ordinary shares – acquisition of TaxCycle
 – 
 – 
137.86
 159 
Issue of ordinary shares – acquisition of LOCATE Inventory
 – 
 – 
138.73
 110 
Issue of ordinary shares – acquisition of Tickstar
 – 
 – 
123.63
 37 
Issue of ordinary shares – deferred consideration for acquisition  
of Waddle
 – 
 – 
130.83
 24 
Issue of ordinary shares – deferred consideration for acquisition  
of Tickstar
 – 
 – 
111.72
 1 
Ordinary shares on issue at 31 March
 – 
 151,065 
 – 
 149,547 
Treasury shares
 – 
 (31)
 – 
 (62)
Ordinary shares on issue at 31 March excluding treasury shares
 – 
 151,034 
 – 
 149,485 
*Prices shown for acquisition-related payments and restricted stock units are the weighted average issue prices. The price shown for options is the weighted 
average exercise price
All shares have been issued, are fully paid, and have no par value.
22. Group entities
Consolidation subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or 
has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over 
the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated 
from the date that control ceases.
Inter-company transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.
The financial statements of each of the Group’s subsidiaries are prepared in the functional currency of that entity. The functional 
currency is determined for each entity based on factors such as the principal trading currency. The assets and liabilities of these 
entities are translated at exchange rates existing at balance date. Revenue and expenses are translated at rates approximating the 
exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. The exchange gains or losses arising on translation are recorded in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity.
The table below contains the significant subsidiaries of the Group, along with any subsidiaries where control was lost or gained 
during the period. The Group also has operations in other jurisdictions to a lesser extent.

Xero Annual Report 2023
116
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Country of
incorporation
Balance date
Interest
2023 (%)
Interest
2022 (%)
Xero (NZ) Limited
New Zealand
31 March
100
100
Xero (UK) Limited 
United Kingdom
31 March
100
100
Xero Australia Pty Limited
Australia
31 March
100
100
Xero, Inc.
United States
31 March
100
100
Xero Software (Canada) Ltd
Canada
31 March
100
100
Xero Investments Limited
New Zealand
31 March
100
100
Planday A/S
Denmark
31 March
100
100
Trilogy Software Inc.*
Canada
31 December
–
100
Hubdoc Pty Limited**
Australia
31 March
–
100
Xero Software Solutions (India) Private Limited***
India
31 March
100
–
* Amalgamated with Xero Software (Canada) Ltd June 2022
** Voluntarily deregistered June 2022
*** Incorporated November 2022
23. Current and deferred tax
Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the Income Statement or Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, except when it relates to items recognised directly in equity (in which case the income tax is recognised  
in equity). Income tax is based on tax rates and regulation enacted in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax is based on the expected manner of 
realisation of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the end of the 
reporting period.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available, against which 
the asset can be utilised. 
Income tax expense
The tax on the Group’s net profit/(loss) before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the New Zealand 
statutory income tax rate as follows:
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Accounting profit/(loss) before income tax
 (75,677)
 2,363 
At the New Zealand statutory income tax rate of 28%
 (21,190)
 662 
(Non-taxable)/non-deductible (income)/expenditure
25,267
 (4,035)
Prior period adjustment
 6,166 
 2,261 
R&D benefit
 (279)
 (2,955)
Tax rate variance of subsidiaries and revaluations of deferred tax 
 6,492 
 (3,922)
Current year tax losses/deferred expenditure not recognised
21,399
 19,466 
Income tax expense
 37,855 
 11,477 
Comprising:
Current tax expense
 35,456 
 28,464 
Deferred tax expense
 2,399 
 (16,987)
Income tax expense
 37,855 
 11,477 

Xero Annual Report 2023
117
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Income tax expense/(credit) charged to equity and other comprehensive income 
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Current tax
Share-based payments
 8,049 
 16,406 
Fair value movement on financial instruments
 8,964 
 6,626 
Total
 17,013 
 23,032 
Deferred tax
Share-based payments
 (3,086)
 (18,087)
Fair value movement on cash flow hedges
 934 
 (369)
Total
 (2,152)
 (18,456)
Deferred tax
Derivatives
($000s)
Provisions and 
employee benefits
($000s)
Tax depreciation
($000s)
Tax losses and  
R&D expenditure
($000s)
Total
($000s)
Year ended 31 March 2023
Net deferred tax balances
At 1 April 2022
 (1,161)
 41,894 
 (51,165)
 94,124 
 83,692 
Prior period adjustment
 – 
 (2,808)
 (4,566)
 4,298 
 (3,076)
Charged to Income Statement
 – 
 3,713 
 (8,287)
 5,542 
 968 
Charged to equity
 934 
 (3,086)
 – 
 – 
 (2,152)
Impact of change in tax rates
 – 
 412 
 (369)
 (334)
 (291)
At 31 March 2023
 (227)
 40,125 
 (64,387)
 103,630 
 79,141 
Comprising:
Deferred tax asset
 (227)
 37,931 
 (49,334)
 103,630 
 92,000 
Deferred tax liability
 – 
 2,194 
 (15,053)
 – 
 (12,859)
Year ended 31 March 2022
Net deferred tax balances
At 1 April 2021
 (792)
 51,470 
 (34,653)
 80,942 
 96,967 
Prior period adjustment
 – 
 1,227 
 (417)
 (4,565)
 (3,755)
Recognition of deferred tax on 
business combination
–
–
 (11,805)
–
 (11,805)
Charged to Income Statement
 – 
 6,673 
 (3,970)
 17,751 
 20,454 
Charged to equity
 (369)
 (18,087)
 – 
 – 
 (18,456)
Impact of change in tax rates
 – 
 611 
 (320)
 (4)
 287 
At 31 March 2022
 (1,161)
 41,894 
 (51,165)
 94,124 
 83,692 
Comprising:
Deferred tax asset
 (1,161)
 40,543 
 (36,047)
 93,734 
 97,069 
Deferred tax liability
 – 
 1,351 
 (15,118)
 390 
 (13,377)

Xero Annual Report 2023
118
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Key estimates and assumptions
Recognised tax losses and temporary differences
A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available, against which the 
deductible temporary differences can be offset.
The Group’s recognised deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability are expected to be recovered and realised by $32.1 million  
and $1.6 million, respectively within the next 12 months (2022: $21.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively). Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities have been offset where the balances are due to/receivable from the same counterparties.
Carried forward R&D expenditure
The Group has elected to defer the deduction of research and development expenditure in accordance with sections DB 34(7)  
and EE 1(5) of the Income Tax Act 2007.
The estimated deferred research and development expenditure available to the Group is $100.7 million (2022: $85.6 million).  
The deferred research and development expenditure can be deducted from taxable income in future periods, and the ability to 
carry forward deferred research and development expenditure is not dependent on maintaining shareholder continuity.
Unrecognised tax losses and temporary differences
The Group has estimated unrecognised tax losses available to carry forward and other unrecognised temporary differences in 
overseas jurisdictions of $368.4 million (2022: $246.5 million) subject to shareholder continuity being maintained (as applicable), 
noting that deferred tax assets are recognised for carried forward tax losses to the extent of deferred tax liabilities.
24. Reconciliation of operating cash flows
Year ended 31 March
 2023
($000s) 
 2022
($000s) 
Net loss
 (113,532)
 (9,114)
Adjustments:
Depreciation
 30,099 
 27,854 
Amortisation
 188,097 
 142,833 
Share-based payments
 80,862 
 61,057 
Amortisation of discount and debt issuance costs on term debt and contingent consideration
 35,632 
 34,794 
Deferred tax and current taxes recognised in equity
 14,861
 (4,576)
Asset impairments and disposals
122,680
 24,695 
Revaluation of contingent consideration
(8,921)
(38,874)
Bad debts
 4,358 
 2,432 
Other non-cash items
 (11,834)
 (260)
Changes in working capital:
Decrease/(increase) in receivables and prepayments
 2,824
 (16,097)
Increase in interest receivable
(7,333)
 (1,154)
Increase/(decrease) in trade payables and other related items
(3,954)
 12,788
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
 44,049 
 (912)
Increase/decrease in current tax receivable and payable
 7,356 
 (7,355)
Increase in employee entitlements
 4,040 
 4,295 
Increase in income in advance
 1,165 
 3,965 
Net cash flows from operating activities
 390,449 
 236,371 

Xero Annual Report 2023
119
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
25. Share-based payments
The Group operates equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, under which employees provide services in exchange for 
non-transferable options, RSUs, or restricted shares. The value of the employee services rendered for the grant of non-transferable 
options, RSUs, and restricted shares is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, and the amount is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the options, RSUs, and restricted shares granted. 
Restricted stock units
On the allocation date, an RSU agreement is entered into between employee and Company stipulating the number of units 
granted and their vesting schedules. On the vest date, the RSUs are converted to ordinary shares in the Company.
No cash consideration is required to be paid on vesting of the RSUs. The fair value of RSUs granted is determined using the 
volume-weighted average share price. The RSUs are conditional on the employees completing a specified period of service (the 
vesting period) and are, for the most part, converted to shares in equal amounts over the vesting period. The weighted average 
vesting period for RSUs granted in the year was 1.35 years (2022: 1.9 years). The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to 
repurchase or settle RSUs in cash.
Movements in the number of RSUs outstanding and their weighted average grant prices are as follows:
 2023 Weighted 
average grant date 
fair value (AUD) 
 2023 RSUs
(000s) 
 2022 Weighted 
average grant date 
fair value (AUD) 
 2022 RSUs
(000s) 
Opening balance
 128.37 
 450 
 84.36 
 351 
Granted
 81.96 
 1,197 
 137.64 
 727 
Forfeited
 102.47 
 (136)
 112.33 
 (114)
Converted to shares
 86.98 
 (841)
 115.19 
 (512)
Surrendered to settle payroll withholding obligations
 – 
 – 
 69.08 
 (2)
Closing balance
 102.68 
 670 
 128.37 
 450 
Share options scheme
Options granted are conditional on the completion of the necessary years of service (the vesting period) as appropriate to that 
tranche.
The options tranches vest within four years from the grant date. No options can be exercised later than the ninth anniversary of 
the final vesting date. There were 58 holders of options at 31 March 2023 (2022: 73). The Group has no legal or constructive 
obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.
Movements in the number of options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:
 2023
Weighted average  
exercise price (AUD) 
 2023
Options
(000s) 
 2022
Weighted average 
exercise price (AUD) 
 2022
Options
(000s) 
Opening balance
 74.45 
 1,606 
 55.27 
 2,277 
Granted
 78.93 
 639 
 137.33 
 283 
Forfeited/expired
 123.79 
 (140)
 88.58 
 (122)
Exercised
 42.39 
 (677)
 41.27 
 (832)
Closing balance
 85.80 
 1,428 
 74.45 
 1,606 
Exercisable at 31 March
 61.92 
 381 
 49.73 
 347 
The weighted average share price on date of exercise for options exercised in the year ended 31 March 2023 was AUD86.49 (2022: 
AUD137.32). The weighted average remaining contractual term of options outstanding at 31 March 2023 is 4.5 years (2022: 2.3 years).

Xero Annual Report 2023
120
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Options outstanding at 31 March fall within the following ranges:
Granted
 Exercise price 
 2023
Options
(000s) 
 2022
Options
(000s) 
2017–18
 NZD25.75 – NZD32.48 
 – 
 14 
2018–19
 AUD34.00 – AUD48.33 
 98 
 603 
2019–20
 AUD51.82 – AUD83.04 
 241 
 389 
2020–21
 AUD79.50 – AUD138.28 
 250 
 331 
2021–22
 AUD121.39 – AUD146.99 
 205 
 269 
2022–23
 AUD 71.09 – AUD88.88 
 634 
 – 
 1,428 
 1,606 
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year, determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, was 
AUD29.89 per option (2022: AUD41.11).
The significant inputs into the model were the market share price at grant date, the exercise price as shown above, expected 
annualised volatility of between 40.3% and 45.3%, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of between two and six years, 
and an annual risk-free interest rate of between 2.6% and 3.3% (2022: volatility of between 36.7% and 38.5%, dividend yield of 0%, 
expected option life of between three and five years, risk-free rate of between 0.5% and 1.4%).
The volatility input is measured as the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns and is based on a statistical 
analysis of daily share prices over a period consistent with the options’ expected life. The risk-free rate is measured using 
Australian Government bond rates, and applying linear interpolation over a period consistent with the options’ expected life.
Employee restricted share plan
Under the employee restricted share plan, ordinary shares in the Company are issued to a trustee, Xero Limited Employee 
Restricted Share Trust, a wholly owned subsidiary, and allocated to participants on grant date, using funds lent to them by the 
Company.
The shares are beneficially owned by the participants. The length of retention period before the shares vest is up to three years. If 
the individual is still employed by the Group at the end of each specific period, the employee is given a bonus that must be used to 
repay the loan, and shares are then transferred to the employee. No new restricted shares were granted during the period. The 
weighted average grant date fair value of restricted shares granted during the year ended 31 March 2022 was AUD146.46. Shares 
with a grant date fair value of AUD2.9 million vested during the year (2022: AUD5.6 million). The Group has no legal or constructive 
obligation to repurchase or settle the shares for cash.
Movements in the number of restricted shares outstanding are as follows:
 2023
Number of shares
(000s) 
 2022
Number of shares
(000s) 
Outstanding restricted shares at 1 April
 36 
 126 
Granted
 – 
 1 
Forfeited
 (6)
 (20)
Vested
 (30)
 (71)
Outstanding restricted shares at 31 March – allocated to employees
 – 
 36 
Forfeited shares not yet reallocated – held by Trustee
 31 
 26 
Total outstanding at 31 March
 31 
 62 
Percentage of total ordinary shares
0.0%
0.0%
All unvested shares at 31 March 2022 were due to vest within one year.

Xero Annual Report 2023
121
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
26. Key management personnel and related parties
Key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP) are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and 
controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, and include the directors, the Chief Executive Officer*, and the Chief 
Financial Officer.
The following table summarises remuneration paid to key management personnel:
Year ended 31 March
2023
($000s)
2022
($000s)
Directors' fees
 2,291 
 1,820 
Short-term employee benefits
 3,398 
 2,961 
Share-based payments – options
 4,008 
 1,869 
Share-based payments – restricted stock units
 1,439 
 654 
*KMP includes the new Chief Executive Officer, Sukhinder Singh Cassidy, from the date she commenced employment with the Xero Group. More specifically she 
is included as KMP for the periods she held both the CEO and CEO Designate positions
Related party transactions
Other than remuneration paid to key management personnel above, there have been no other related party transactions, 
outstanding balances or commitments during the period ending 31 March 2023. During the year ended 31 March 2022 Atomic.io 
Limited, a related party, provided product development and support services to the Group of $151,000. 
A number of key management personnel, or their related parties, hold positions in other entities that result in them having control 
or significant influence over the financial or operating policies of these entities. A number of these entities subscribe to services 
provided by the Group. None of these related party transactions are significant to either party, and are completed on arm’s length 
terms. There were no related party transactions during the year as detailed above.
No amounts with any related parties have been written off or foregone during the year (2022: nil).
27. Commitments and contingencies
Capital commitments
Capital commitments of $0.9 million for building fit-outs were contracted for but not yet incurred at 31 March 2023 (2022: nil).
Contingent liabilities
There were no contingent liabilities at 31 March 2023 (2022: nil).
28. Events after the balance sheet date
There were no significant events between balance date and the date these financial statements were authorised for issue.

Xero Annual Report 2023
122
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
The directors are required to prepare financial statements for each financial year that present fairly the financial position of the 
Group and its operations and cash flows for that period.
The directors consider these financial statements have been prepared using accounting policies suitable to the Group’s 
circumstances, that these have been consistently applied and are supported by reasonable judgements and estimates, and that all 
relevant financial reporting and accounting standards have been followed.
The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy, at any time, the 
financial position of the Group and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
1993 (New Zealand). They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
During the year ended 31 March 2023, the principal activities of the Group were for the provision of online business solutions for 
small businesses and their advisors. Other than as disclosed in this Annual Report, there were no significant changes in the state 
of affairs or activities of the Group during the year.
The Board authorised these financial statements for issue on 18 May 2023.
For and on behalf of the Board
David Thodey
Chair
Xero Limited
18 May 2023
Mark Cross
Director
Xero Limited
18 May 2023

Xero Annual Report 2023
123
DISCLOSURES
Disclosures
All financial figures in this section of the Annual Report are in New Zealand dollars except where indicated otherwise. References 
to FY23 are to the financial year ended 31 March 2023. References to FY22 are to the financial year ended 31 March 2022. Xero 
Group means Xero Limited (Xero) and its subsidiaries.
Equity holdings of directors, CEO and CFO
The table below sets out the equity of Xero’s directors, CEO and CFO, held nominally and through their associates or related parties.
At 31 March 2023
Number of ordinary shares 
(shares)
Number of unlisted options 
(Options)
Number of restricted stock 
units (RSUs)
Non-executive directors
David Thodey
10,000
–
–
Steven Aldrich
-
–
–
Mark Cross
4,300
–
–
Rod Drury
9,914,789
–
–
Lee Hatton
5,378
–
–
Brian McAndrews
2,994
–
–
Dale Murray
1,636
–
–
Susan Peterson
3,340
–
–
CEO and CFO
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy
–
445,697
46,752
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
10,202
29,761
12,127
Former CEO
Steve Vamos
25,813
55,880
23,922
Entries recorded in the interests register
Xero maintains an interests register in accordance with the Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand). 
Directors’ interests
Directors disclosed the following relevant interests, or cessations of interest, during FY23.
Director/Entity
Relationship
David Thodey
Tyro Payments Limited
ceased to be chair and director
Steven Aldrich
Semrush Holdings, Inc.
director
Mark Cross
Chorus Limited
chair
Z Energy Limited
ceased to be director
Milford Asset Management Limited
ceased to be director
Susan Peterson
Property For Industry Limited
ceased to be director
Mercury NZ Limited
director

Xero Annual Report 2023
124
DISCLOSURES
Share dealings of directors
No directors disclosed acquisitions or disposals of interests in Xero shares during FY23.
Insurance
In accordance with the Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand), Xero has continued to insure its directors and officers (through 
renewal of its D&O insurance policy) against potential liability or costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited 
by law.
Deeds of indemnity
Xero has provided deeds of indemnity to all directors and officers of Xero and all directors of its subsidiaries for potential liabilities 
and costs they may incur for acts or omissions in their capacity as directors or officers of Xero or its subsidiaries, to the extent 
permitted by law. 
Remuneration reporting
Xero’s remuneration policy and practices are summarised on pages 131 to 154 of this Annual Report. 
Shareholder information
The shareholder information set out below is current as at 6 April 2023, unless otherwise specified.
Issued capital The total number of issued shares in Xero was 151,065,416, of which 31,081 shares were held on a restricted basis in 
connection with Xero’s share-based compensation plans.
Distribution of shareholdings
Range
Number of holders
%
Shares
%
1 to 1,000
47,887
 94.14
7,458,019
 4.94
1,001 to 5,000
2,544
5.00
5,205,193
3.45
5,001 to 10,000
249
0.49
1,766,675
1.17
10,001 to 100,000
158
 0.31
3,961,546
2.62
100,001 and over
 31 
 0.06
132,673,983
 87.82
Total
50,869
 100
151,065,416
 100
There were 1,546 holders of less than a marketable parcel of shares as at 6 April 2023, based on a market price of AUD $91.03 per 
share.

Xero Annual Report 2023
125
DISCLOSURES
Distribution RSUs and Options There were 58 individuals holding a total of 1,428,176 Options and 2,421 individuals holding a total 
of 669,661 RSUs. RSUs are a conditional contractual right to be issued an equivalent number of shares in Xero.
Distribution of Options
Range
Number of holders
%
Shares
%
1 to 1,000
0
0.00
0
0.00
1,001 to 5,000
18
31.03
53,976
3.78
5,001 to 10,000
10
17.24
73,031
5.11
10,001 to 100,000
29
50.00
855,472
59.90
100,001 and over
1
1.73
445,697
31.21
Total
58
100.00
1,428,176
100.00
Distribution of RSUs
Range
Number of holders
%
Shares
%
1 to 1,000
2,320
95.83
160,044
23.90
1,001 to 5,000
78
3.22
190,302
28.42
5,001 to 10,000
12
0.50
84,907
12.68
10,001 to 100,000
11
0.45
234,408
35.00
Total
2,421
100.00
669,661
100.00
On-market purchases No securities were purchased on-market for the purposes of an employee incentive scheme or to satisfy 
the entitlements of securities holders to acquire securities granted under an employee incentive scheme during FY23.
Substantial holdings and limitations on the acquisition of securities Xero is a New Zealand incorporated and domiciled 
company listed on the ASX. From a regulatory perspective, this means that while the ASX Listing Rules apply to Xero, certain 
provisions of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) do not. Xero is not subject to chapters 6, 6A, 6B, and 6C of the 
Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) dealing with the acquisition of its shares (including substantial holdings and takeovers). 
The Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand) applies to Xero and certain provisions of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (New 
Zealand) also apply to Xero (including in relation to financial reporting, but not including the provisions relating to substantial 
shareholdings).
There is no requirement on Xero’s substantial shareholders to provide substantial product holder notices to Xero. Any such 
notices Xero receives during the year are available through the ASX website and Xero’s investor centre. 
Key limitations on the acquisition of shares in Xero are imposed by the following New Zealand legislation: Commerce Act 1986, 
Overseas Investment Act 2005, and Takeovers Act 1993, together with various regulations and codes promulgated under such 
legislation.

Xero Annual Report 2023
126
DISCLOSURES
Top 20 holders The names of the 20 largest holders of Xero shares as at 6 April 2023 are listed below.
Name
Number of shares held
% of issued capital
1. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
48,987,029
 32.43
2. J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited
27,518,132
18.22
3. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
20,138,245
13.33
4. Ms Anna Margaret Clare Stuck & Rodney Kenneth Drury & Scott Moran 
9,914,789
 6.56
5. National Nominees Limited
5,571,438
3.69
6. BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
4,273,818
2.83
7. Givia Pty Limited
2,773,045
1.84
8. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited  
2,110,244
1.40
9. Custodial Services Limited 
1,926,798
1.28
10. Mr Nelson Nien Sheng Wang & Ms Pei-Chun Ko 
1,036,088
0.69
11. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
1,032,554
0.68
12. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  
924,829
0.61
13. Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
890,500
0.59
14. Solium Nominees (Australia) Pty Ltd 
778,219
0.52
15. Solium Nominees (Australia) Pty Ltd 
598,452
0.40
16. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
553,456
0.37
17. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd  
501,510
0.33
18. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - A/C 2
480,658
0.32
19. BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Limited
422,763
0.28
20. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd HUB24 Custodial Serv Ltd 
397,308
0.26
Top 20 holders of fully paid shares (total)
130,829,875
86.60
Other shareholders (balance on register)
20,235,541
13.40
Grand total
151,065,416
100.00
Voting rights Xero has a single class of shares on issue. Where voting at a meeting of shareholders is by voice or a show of hands, 
every shareholder present in person, or by representative, has one vote. On a poll, every shareholder present in person, or by 
representative, has one vote for each fully paid share. In practice, Xero ensures that all resolutions at shareholder meetings are 
decided by a poll rather than a show of hands. There are no voting rights attached to RSUs or Options. 
On-market buy-back There is no current on-market buy-back for Xero shares.
Voluntary escrow Voluntary escrow provisions apply to the securities set out in the following table. 688 fully paid ordinary shares 
were released from voluntary escrow on 10 February 2023.
Securities
Issue date
Restriction ends
84,080
30 December 2021
1 November 2023

Xero Annual Report 2023
127
DISCLOSURES
Company information
Donations The Xero Group made charitable donations totalling $90,077 during FY23. The Xero Group made no donations to 
political parties during FY23. 
Company directors The following persons held office as directors of Xero Limited during FY23.
Directors
David Thodey (Chair)
Steven Aldrich
Mark Cross
Rod Drury
Lee Hatton
Brian McAndrews
Dale Murray
Susan Peterson
No directors of Xero ceased to hold office during FY23.

Xero Annual Report 2023
128
DISCLOSURES
Company subsidiaries and directors Xero has 30 wholly owned subsidiaries as shown in the table below. The following persons 
held office as directors of Xero’s subsidiary companies during FY23.
Jurisdiction
Subsidiary
Directors
Directors who ceased to 
hold office during FY23
Australia
Planday Australia Pty Ltd
Anders Frederiksen
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Rachael Powell 
Waddle Holdings Pty Limited
Simon Creighton
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Waddle IP Pty Ltd
Simon Creighton
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Waddle Loans Pty Ltd
Simon Creighton
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Waddle SaaS Pty Ltd
Simon Creighton
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Waddle Servicing Pty Ltd
Simon Creighton
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Xero (Australia) Holdings Pty 
Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Rachael Powell
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Xero Australia Pty Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Joseph Lyons (appointed  
1 November 2022)
Rachael Powell 
Chaman Sidhu (resigned 
effective 22 August 2022)
Canada
Hubdoc Inc.
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Faye Pang
Andrew Burner (resigned 
effective 6 May 2022)
Xero Software (Canada) Ltd
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Faye Pang
Andrew Burner (resigned 
effective 6 May 2022)
Denmark
Planday A/S
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chris Micklethwaite
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
21 September 2022)
Simona Turin (resigned 
effective 31 July 2022)
Damien Tampling (resigned 
effective 31 January 2023) 
Christian Brondum (resigned 
effective 30 March 2023)  
Gary Turner (resigned 
effective 30 March 2023) 
Xero Denmark A/S
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Birgitte Pihl
Alexander Von Schirmeister 
(appointed  
30 December 2022)
Christian Brøndum (resigned 
effective 30 December 2022)
Germany
Planday GmbH
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
6 February 2023)
Christian Brøndum (resigned 
effective 6 February 2023) 
Gary Turner (resigned 
effective 6 February 2023)
Hong Kong
Xero (HK) Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Koren Wines (appointed  
31 January 2023)
Damien Tampling (resigned 
effective 31 January 2023)

Xero Annual Report 2023
129
DISCLOSURES
Jurisdiction
Subsidiary
Directors
Directors who ceased to 
hold office during FY23
India 
(Incorporated 19 October 2022)
Xero Software Solutions 
(India) Private Limited
Colin Brown 
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Kumar Iyer
(non-executive Indian resident 
director) 
New Zealand
Waddle Loans Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
31 March 2023) 
Damien Tampling (resigned 
effective 31 January 2023) 
Anna Curzon (resigned 
effective 31 March 2023)
Xero (NZ) Holdings Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
31 March 2023) 
Craig Hudson (resigned 
effective 30 August 2022) 
Anna Curzon (resigned 
effective 31 March 2023)
Xero (NZ) Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Craig Hudson (resigned 
effective 30 August 2022) 
Anna Curzon (resigned 
effective 31 March 2023)
Xero Investments Limited
 Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Craig Hudson (resigned 
effective 26 May 2022) 
Anna Curzon (resigned 
effective 31 March 2023)
Xero Trustee Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Norway
Planday Norway AS
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Clarence Willard 
(appointed 30 January 2023)
Christian Brøndum (resigned 
effective 30 January 2023)
Gary Turner (resigned 
effective 30 January 2023)
Poland
Planday Sp ZO.O
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
2 February 2023)
Christian Brøndum (resigned 
effective 2 February 2023)
Singapore
Xero (Singapore) Pte. Ltd
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Koren Wines (appointed  
31 January 2023)
Damien Tampling (resigned 
effective 31 January 2023)
South Africa
Xero South Africa Proprietary 
Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Colin Timmis
Sweden
Tickstar AB
Hans Berg
Anna Curzon
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Ake Oberg
United Kingdom
Planday Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
31 December 2022)
Christian Brøndum (resigned 
effective 31 December 2022)  
Gary Turner (resigned 
effective 31 December 2022)
Xero (UK) Limited
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Alexander Von Schirmeister 
(appointed 1 June 2022)
Damon Anderson (resigned 
effective 3 June 2022)

Xero Annual Report 2023
130
DISCLOSURES
Jurisdiction
Subsidiary
Directors
Directors who ceased to 
hold office during FY23
United States
Xero CA Acquisitions Inc.
Chris O’Neill 
(appointed 30 August 2022)
Anthony Ward (resigned 
effective 30 August 2022)
Planday, Inc.
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
31 August 2022)
Anthony Ward (resigned 
effective 31 August 2022) 
Christian Brøndum (resigned 
effective 31 December 2022)
Xero, Inc.
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chris O’Neill (appointed  
30 August 2022) 
Andrew Burner (resigned 
effective 5 May 2022)  
Anthony Ward (resigned 
effective 30 August 2022)
Directors of Xero’s subsidiaries disclosed the following relevant interests, or cessations of interest, during FY23.
Director/Entity
Relationship
Chris O’Neill
Gap Inc.
director
Kumar Iyer received total remuneration of US$8,250 in his role as non-executive director of Xero Software Solutions (India) Private 
Limited during FY23. Kumar Iyer received no other benefits from Xero or any Xero subsidiary company during FY23.
No employee appointed as a director of Xero’s subsidiary companies receives any remuneration or other benefits from Xero in their 
role as a director. The remuneration and other benefits of such employees, received as employees, are included in the relevant 
bandings for employee remuneration disclosed on page 153 and 154 of this Annual Report.

Xero Annual Report 2023
131
REMUNERATION REPORT
Sections 1 – 7
1.	
People and Remuneration Committee 
Chair Letter............................................................................................................132
2.	
Remuneration highlights.......................................................................134
3.	
Directors and senior leadership team....................................134
4.	
Remuneration governance...................................................................135
5.	
Remuneration strategy............................................................................136
6.	
Key remuneration components for 
the CEO, former CEO, and CFO........................................................139
7.	
Xero’s performance......................................................................................147
Sections 8 – 13
8.	
CEO, former CEO, and CFO realised 
remuneration......................................................................................................148
9.	
Short-Term Incentive outcomes in detail...........................149
10.	 CEO, former CEO, and CFO equity holdings.....................150
11.	
CEO and CFO employment conditions...................................150
12.	 Non-executive director remuneration.....................................151
13.	 Our team’s remuneration......................................................................153
Remuneration Report

Xero Annual Report 2023
132
REMUNERATION REPORT
1. People and Remuneration Committee 
Chair Letter
Xero has delivered a strong operating result in FY23, within 
another year of challenging macroeconomic conditions. This 
includes operating revenue growth of 28%, subscriber growth 
of 14%, and operating expenses excluding restructuring 
costs as a percentage of operating revenue reducing by 3.3 
percentage points to 80.7%. This performance highlights 
the value our customers place in their Xero subscription (as 
demonstrated through the double-digit subscriber growth in 
all regions and growth in Average Revenue Per User (APRU)) 
and also the dedicated commitment from our talented team 
from all across the world.
Xero’s operating income grew strongly to $57.3 million, up 
61%. Excluding restructuring costs of $34.7 million, operating 
income would have been $92.0 million representing an 
operating income margin of 6.6%, more than double the 
3.2% margin in FY22. Xero’s FY23 EBITDA of $158.4 million 
decreased 26% compared to FY22. This reduction mainly 
reflected the impacts of a non-cash impairment to Planday 
($77.9 million), non-cash impairments and other costs 
related to exiting the Waddle business ($48.5 million), 
restructuring charges ($34.7 million), and other non-cash 
revaluations ($17.9 million). (See Financial Statements for 
further detail). 
We remain committed to providing an environment where 
our people, customers, and communities can thrive. Xero 
continues to operate above global industry benchmarks for 
employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) with a 12-month rolling 
average of 32 and engagement of 7.9. Our culture is pivotal to 
our success as is evident in our eNPS outcome in what was a 
challenging year for our people. 
Xero is set up to drive better value for our customers, 
people, shareholders, and communities and we enter FY24 
in a stronger position to deliver on our purpose of making 
life better for people in small business, their advisors, and 
communities around the world.
Farewelling Steve Vamos
After serving nearly five years as Xero’s CEO, Steve Vamos 
retired on 31 January 2023. Steve remains available as 
an advisor to the business until 31 May 2023. We are very 
grateful to Steve for his dedication and commitment to all 
things Xero and wish him all the very best for his future. 
Steve’s FY21 options and FY22 deferred Short-Term 
Incentive (STI) will vest 100% as per the schedule. The cash 
component of his FY23 STI will be paid in May as scheduled. 
The Board has exercised its discretion to allow his deferred 
STI (FY23) and his Long-Term Equity and Incentives (LTE and 
LTI) to remain on foot, pro-rating his FY22 options and FY23 
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) for the period of employment, 
and any vested options to be exercised within two years of 
the applicable vesting date.
Appointment of Sukhinder Singh Cassidy
Xero is one of only a few technology companies of its size 
and global reach listed on the ASX. As Xero expands globally, 
the skills and experience required of our management team 
also evolve. Following a rigorous global recruitment process, 
where the Board considered a number of exceptional 
candidates, we were delighted to appoint Sukhinder Singh 
Cassidy as CEO on 1 February 2023.
Sukhinder is an experienced technology executive with 
more than 25 years of global leadership experience. She has 
held various leadership positions, including President, Asia 
Pacific & Latin America at Google, and has extensive public 
and private board experience with multiple companies. Her 
expertise in building products and scaling go-to-market 
businesses will be critical in leading Xero to its next stage of 
growth globally, particularly in North America and the UK.
Sukhinder’s remuneration reflects a market competitive 
package for a US-based technology executive. The 
benchmark data used to determine this package reflects 
the median of a group of listed US technology companies 
with similar characteristics to Xero, based on Software as a 
Service (SaaS) industry peers, revenue, EBITDA and market 
capitalisation. 
Xero has become a global organisation with offices in more 
than ten countries, and generating more than 40% of its 
revenue from outside of Australia and New Zealand. We have 
found that the remuneration structures of most ASX-listed 
peers, which are domestic corporations or international 
businesses managed from Australia, have not been 
appropriate to secure the talent and experience required 
for some of our most senior roles that have an international 
remit. It is important that we adjust our frameworks as 
required to ensure that we can attract and retain the talent 
required to successfully execute on our global strategy. 
Overview of the year
We were pleased with our strong operating revenue and 
AMRR growth for FY23. Operating revenue was up 28% YoY 
to $1.4 billion, while AMRR was up 26% YoY to $1.6 billion. 
Subscriber growth was also strong, up 14% YoY to 3.7 million 
subscribers. Gross margin remained steady at 87.3%.
Xero has been recognised as one of the best workplaces in 
the regions we operate in, including being named one of the 
best workplaces for wellbeing in the UK1 and featuring among 
Built In’s Best Places to Work in Colorado, New York City, and 
San Francisco (Large Places to work). You can read about our 
full list of accolades on www.xero.com/media/awards.
Xero continues to exceed global industry benchmarks for 
eNPS with a 12-month rolling average of 32 (41 in FY222) and 
voluntary turnover of 15.7% (16.1% in FY223).
The wellbeing of our people is a key priority, and we are 
always looking for ways to improve it. That’s why we have 
introduced new and enhanced benefits, such as Xtra Leave 
1 UK’s Best Workplaces™ for Wellbeing 2023
2 eNPS excluded Planday in FY22
3 Voluntary turnover excluded Planday in FY22

Xero Annual Report 2023
133
REMUNERATION REPORT
globally (five days additional paid leave), as well as health/
medical, life, trauma, and salary continuance insurances 
across New Zealand, Australia, and the UK. In FY23, we 
launched an organisation-wide program called Time Well 
Spent, which focuses on optimising factors that reduce 
stress, increase control, and improve performance. 
While our overall representation of women remains 
unchanged from FY22, we have made good progress towards 
our gender diversity target for senior leaders with 38.7% (up 
from 33.9% in FY22) and people leaders with 45.0% (up from 
43.7% in FY22). We have also made good progress towards 
reducing our median gender pay gap, down 1.5 percentage 
points to 9.5% (from 11% in FY22). You can read a more 
detailed summary on page 25 of the Annual Report.
Xero has been named on the Bloomberg Gender-Equality 
Index for the fourth consecutive year and was named 
the top global technology company for gender equity by 
Equileap. In FY23, we introduced an ‘Inclusive Communities’ 
program to support our people and leaders to have inclusive 
conversations, using inclusive language, and fostering 
inclusive communities. We also expanded our network of 
Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) supporting a range 
of communities across the world, including LGBTQI+, 
neurodiverse, women, disability, carers, and race.
Outcomes for the year
We take performance and accountability seriously, especially 
when it comes to delivering value to our shareholders. Our 
incentive plans are specifically designed to motivate our 
most senior leaders to strive for sustainable success through 
a carefully selected set of measures. These measures not 
only reflect the financial performance of the company but 
also consider the quality of earnings achieved through 
practices that support our employees and customers. We 
aim to further refine our incentive plan designs to support 
our focus on balancing growth and profitability.
Despite having delivered a strong operating result for 
FY23 (growth in operating revenue, operating income and 
subscriber growth, and a reduction in operating expenses 
as a percentage of operating revenue), EBITDA achievement 
was below target. EBITDA forms part of the STI plan (along 
with Net Promoter Score (NPS) and eNPS, both of which 
were also below target). Consequently the STI outcomes 
for FY23 were between 56.9% and 62.2% of maximum for 
the three executive KMPs. Further detail on STI outcomes is 
available on page 149 of the Annual Report. 
The final tranche of legacy options vested to the former CEO, 
and the CFO in June 2022. A new RSU-based equity plan 
was introduced from FY23, with the LTE value contingent 
on service and LTI value contingent on performance targets 
over a three-year period (ending 31 March 2025). LTI 
measures are operating revenue growth (weighted 75%) and 
relative total shareholder return (weighted 25%). LTE and LTI 
granted for FY23 will vest, once tested, on or around 31 May 
2025. Further detail on the LTE and LTI plan is available on 
page 144 and legacy equity arrangements on page 146 of the 
Annual Report.
Resetting for the future
In March 2023, we announced a program to better balance 
growth and profitability and to strengthen Xero for the 
future. 
We are realigning Xero to create greater clarity for our 
people and better prioritise resources to improve how we 
execute for our customers. As we aspire to build a higher 
performing global SaaS company, we will work in ways that 
empower and enable our people to deliver better outcomes 
for our customers. Execution against a disciplined growth 
framework will also enable us to be more efficient and 
build greater operating leverage. The program included the 
difficult decision to reduce by 700-800 roles across Xero. 
These changes will improve our ability to take advantage 
of the significant growth opportunity presented by cloud 
accounting. We remain purpose driven and focused on 
developing and protecting our culture and cultivating our 
talent, as well as supporting those employees who have 
been impacted by the changes. 
The majority of the impact of the reshaping of our 
organisational structure and the way we work across 
functions – to operate with greater clarity, speed and 
effectiveness – will take effect in FY24. This report details 
the position at the end of FY23.
We hope you find this Remuneration Report useful. We 
intend to further evolve it as we move forward and welcome 
your feedback on how you believe we’re progressing.
Yours sincerely 
Susan Peterson 
Chair 
People and Remuneration Committee
Disclosures: This report is not intended to fully replicate the 
statutory disclosure requirements of an Australian-domiciled 
company’s remuneration report as these requirements do not 
apply to Xero. We have sought to include information that 
provides a good understanding around how we prioritise the work 
to support our culture and connect our reward and recognition 
frameworks with the successful execution of our strategy. The 
information provided therefore exceeds the requirements for a 
New Zealand-domiciled company.

Xero Annual Report 2023
134
REMUNERATION REPORT
2. Remuneration highlights
Xero’s values are fundamental to everything we do, including our approach to remuneration and this report. We continue to seek 
feedback on our approach to remuneration and voluntary disclosure in this report and consider it in light of what is right for Xero 
and our shareholders. The remuneration highlights for FY23 are:
•	 Performance targets in executive Long-Term Incentive: Introduction of a new Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) based equity 
plan with a Long-Term Incentive (LTI) component contingent on performance targets (operating revenue growth and relative 
total shareholder return (TSR)) over a three-year period) and Long-Term Equity (LTE) component contingent on service further 
aligning executive remuneration with shareholder outcomes
•	 CEO remuneration reweighted for performance: Review of the CEO’s remuneration package, resulting in a higher weighting 
towards variable (performance-based) pay, with equity in particular, making up a significant proportion of target total 
remuneration compared to the former CEO’s package
•	 Executive accountability: The Short-Term Incentive (STI) plan is designed to align the financial interests of Xero’s senior 
leadership team with those of our shareholders, customers and employees, and recognise them for meeting company and 
individual performance objectives. Overall STI outcomes for FY23 were between 56.9% and 62.2% of maximum for the three 
executive KMPs reflecting a balance between strong operating results for FY23 and accountability for the factors that led to 
below target achievement on EBITDA, NPS and eNPS measures
3. Directors and senior leadership team
This report focuses on the FY23 remuneration of Xero’s CEO, former CEO, CFO, and non-executive directors as identified in the 
table below. Broader details of Xero’s remuneration framework and structure are also included in this report and those details 
relate to Xero’s broader leadership team – executives who report directly to the CEO.
Country of 
residence
Position
Period position was held during the year
Senior leaders
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy
United States
CEO
Joined Xero 28 November 2022
Commenced as CEO 1 February 2023
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
New Zealand
CFO
Full year
Former senior leader
Steve Vamos1
New Zealand
CEO
Ceased as CEO 31 January 2023 
Departing Xero 31 May 2023
Non-executive directors
David Thodey, AO 
Australia
Independent non-executive Chair 
Full year
Steven Aldrich
United States
Independent non-executive director
Full year
Mark Cross
New Zealand
Independent non-executive director
Full year
Rod Drury
New Zealand
Founder, non-executive director
Full year
Lee Hatton
Australia
Independent non-executive director
Full year
Brian McAndrews
United States
Independent non-executive director
Full year
Dale Murray, CBE
United Kingdom
Independent non-executive director
Full year
Susan Peterson
New Zealand
Independent non-executive director
Full year
1 FY23 includes a period of time for which Steve Vamos remained CEO (1 April 2022 - 31 January 2023) and a period of time for which Steve Vamos was no 
longer the CEO (1 February 2023 - 31 March 2023)

Xero Annual Report 2023
135
REMUNERATION REPORT
4. Remuneration governance
Xero’s remuneration governance framework is overseen by the People and Remuneration Committee (P&R Committee) on behalf 
of the Board. The P&R Committee is tasked with ensuring that Xero’s people strategy including our remuneration framework, 
policies and practices are aligned with Xero’s purpose, values, strategic objectives, risk appetite, and good governance principles 
and practice. This includes supporting the Board in representing Xero’s shareholders and promoting and protecting the interests 
of the company in the short and long term. The P&R Committee considers the interplay between remuneration structures and risk 
when reviewing remuneration frameworks and outcomes. 
4.1 Role of the People and Remuneration Committee
The P&R Committee operates under a charter, which is available on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/about/investors/governance. 
The P&R Committee oversees Xero’s strategies and policies relating to:
•	 People and culture, including Xero’s code of conduct, whistleblower policy, and policies relating to health, safety and wellbeing
•	 Remuneration and benefits
•	 Executive performance and development
•	 Succession planning for Xero’s executive leadership team other than the CEO (succession planning for the CEO is managed by 
the Nominations Committee)
•	 Diversity and inclusion
The P&R Committee’s overall objective is to oversee the implementation of principles and frameworks aimed at:
•	 Attracting and retaining high quality directors and employees and ensuring they are fairly, reasonably and transparently 
remunerated
•	 Ensuring our people are motivated to perform to the best of their abilities in the interests of Xero and in alignment with Xero’s 
desired culture
•	 Ensuring conduct is only rewarded where it aligns with Xero’s code of conduct, values and risk appetite 
The P&R Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding Xero’s remuneration framework, policies and 
practices, remuneration budgets, employee incentive plans, material employee benefits, non-executive director remuneration, and 
diversity objectives. 
The P&R Committee’s oversight of the remuneration of the CEO, and leadership team, involves close scrutiny of remuneration 
amounts and performance outcomes, including recommending to the Board the remuneration outcomes for the CEO and any 
changes to the CEO’s remuneration. The P&R Committee also supports the Chair of the Board to evaluate the CEO’s performance 
and make recommendations to the Board to set the performance objectives for the CEO. The P&R Committee approves and 
informs the Board of the remuneration of the CFO and other members of the leadership team, including the vesting of incentives, 
and oversees their performance.
4.2 People and Remuneration Committee independence
Consistent with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations and the P&R Committee charter, the P&R 
Committee consists of four members, all of whom are independent non-executive directors, including the Chair. The current 
membership comprises:
All directors have a standing invitation to attend P&R Committee meetings. Members of management may be invited to attend 
meetings of the P&R Committee where appropriate.
Susan Peterson (Chair)
Mark Cross
Steven Aldrich
David Thodey, AO

Xero Annual Report 2023
136
REMUNERATION REPORT
4.3 External and independent advice
Xero engages external consultants for market data on salary benchmarking and relevant pay practices. 
During the year, external consultants were engaged to provide guidance on Xero’s remuneration framework having regard to our 
growth ambitions. This included reviewing the leadership team’s remuneration structures against relevant industry peer groups, 
reviewing Xero’s incentive plan structures, and researching market practice on performance-based long-term incentive plans.
As well as seeking input from management, the P&R Committee may obtain independent advice directly from external advisers 
to support the performance of its role on behalf of the Board. No formal ‘remuneration recommendations’ (as defined in the 
Australian Corporations Act) were received during FY23.
4.4 No dealing or protection arrangements
Xero’s Share Trading Policy prohibits employees and directors from entering into transactions that are intended to hedge or 
otherwise limit the economic risk of unvested or restricted Xero securities. 
Employees, internally referred to as “Xeros”, are not permitted to deal with their RSUs or options. All dealing of shares received on 
vesting of RSUs or exercise of options is subject to the Share Trading Policy. 
A copy of Xero’s Share Trading Policy is available on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/about/investors/governance
5. Remuneration strategy
5.1 Our purpose, values and remuneration principles
Xero’s purpose is to make life better for people in small business, their advisors, and communities around the world. This purpose 
is underpinned by five values that are fundamental to everything we do, including our approach to remuneration and rewards: 
As a global technology company, Xero is dependent on highly skilled, specialist team members who demonstrate these values to 
execute our strategy. Our ability to attract, retain, reward, and motivate our people is fundamental to our long-term success. In 
order to achieve this, our leadership team’s remuneration is made up of the following components:
•	 Fixed remuneration
•	 STI based on individual and company-wide targets, with a deferred equity component in the form  
of RSUs
•	 A new LTI plan that is contingent on performance targets over a three-year period and awarded in RSUs
•	 A new LTE plan that is contingent on service and awarded in RSUs
•	 Options may be granted to acquire ordinary shares in Xero (on a 1:1 basis). These are occasionally used for one-off purposes 
such as initial equity grants for new hires
Xeros dream big, 
lead and embrace 
change
Are curious and  
think big
Welcome challenging 
conversations and do 
it with respect
Lead and embrace 
change, seeking new 
and better ways
Xeros create 
experiences that 
people love
Create experiences 
that inspire and 
delight
Do high-quality 
work
Go the extra mile
Xeros are great 
team players
Champion Xero’s 
purpose and 
priorities 
Work together to do 
what’s best for Xero 
and our customers 
Appreciate and 
celebrate each other 
and success
Xeros deliver on our 
commitments
Do what we say we 
will do
Own our mistakes 
and take positive 
action
Move fast to get the 
right things done
Xeros are authentic, 
inclusive and  
really care
Kind and assume  
best intent
Inclusive, 
approachable and 
show empathy 
Are willing to be 
vulnerable, share fears, 
failures and learnings
#Human
#Challenge
#Team
#Ownership
#Beautiful

Xero Annual Report 2023
137
REMUNERATION REPORT
Xero’s remuneration structure reflects the following principles:
Principle
Remuneration structure
Alignment
A significant proportion of the leadership team’s remuneration is aligned with shareholder interests. Equity 
forms 80.2% and 40.4% of target total remuneration for the CEO and CFO, respectively 
In addition, the new LTI plan includes performance measures that further align the leadership team’s 
remuneration with shareholder outcomes. Two performance measures (operating revenue growth and 
relative total shareholder return rTSR)) have been selected in light of Xero’s long-term strategy
Fairness
Domicile-based market competitive, up-front cash-based remuneration is balanced by equity remuneration 
with significant potential upside
Collaboration
Performance conditions attached to STI and LTI are largely company-wide to reflect the importance of 
teamwork and collaboration across the business
Simplicity
STI performance measures are clear, easily assessed and aligned with the voices of the shareholder, 
customer, and employee
The LTE plan is simple to understand, being 100% service contingent and using RSUs which are a common 
equity vehicle in our Australia/United States peers and the wider ASX300 
Flexibility
Xero’s STI and LTI performance measures provide flexibility for Xero to respond to changing needs and 
circumstances, recognising that each role, market, and team member is unique, while always having regard 
to Xero’s strategy, purpose, and long-term value creation
Incentivising appropriate risk-taking and risk-management further underpins our remuneration principles and structure. This 
approach to managing risk is borne out in a number of ways including (but not limited to) P&R Committee review and approval, 
the use of at-risk remuneration, malus and clawback rules, and available Board discretion. Sections 6.3 and 6.4 contain further 
information about risk-taking and risk management as it relates to Xero’s STI, LTE and LTI arrangements.
5.2 Remuneration structure
To foster alignment between the interests of the leadership team and shareholders, Xero’s leadership team remuneration structure 
is deliberately weighted to have a substantial proportion of target total remuneration at risk. A large part of this at-risk component 
consists of LTE and LTI awards, providing an effective multi-year incentive aligned with Xero’s long-term strategy.

Xero Annual Report 2023
138
REMUNERATION REPORT
FR comprises 
base salary and 
other benefits 
including pension 
(superannuation/
KiwiSaver or local 
equivalent)
STI comprises 50% 
cash
STI comprises 50% 
deferred equity in the 
form of RSUs
Each RSU entitles 
the executive to 
receive one Xero 
share on vesting. 
Deferred equity vests 
one year after grant, 
subject to continuing 
employment and 
confirmation that no 
award adjustment 
events have occurred
LTE is 100% 
contingent on service 
in alignment with the 
global pay practices of 
similar organisations 
based in the US where 
our CEO is based and 
where we compete for 
broader senior talent
LTI is 100% contingent 
on service and 
performance measures
Performance measures 
are operating revenue 
growth and rTSR 
over the three-year 
performance period
LTI metrics and 
composition will be 
reviewed each year (for 
future year grants)
The rTSR is based on 
a bespoke SaaS peer 
group, which includes 
a blend of best-in-class 
and broader SaaS 
companies that are 
both smaller and larger 
than us. This allows 
for a benchmark of 
Xero’s performance 
against companies 
who are seeking similar 
investors and talent
Reviewed annually 
based on individual 
skills, experience, 
accountabilities, 
performance, 
leadership, and 
behaviours
Rewards delivery of key strategic and 
financial objectives, in line with the annual 
business plan, and rewards outcomes 
aligned to Xero’s goals for growth and 
operational discipline
Rewards delivery against longer-term 
strategy and sustained shareholder value 
creation. Fosters alignment between 
shareholder, customer, and leadership team 
outcomes
FR 
Fixed Remuneration
STI 
Short-Term Incentive
LTE & LTI 
Long-Term Equity & Incentive
Equity
Cash
An at-risk component set as a percentage of  
base salary
Calculated based on achievement against 
a range of company-wide performance 
measures (financial and non-financial) and 
individual objectives
Paid after a one-year performance period 
(1 April to 31 March, aligned with Xero’s 
financial year)
An at-risk component set as a percentage 
of base salary and granted annually in the 
form of RSUs to participating executives, 
which entitles the executive to Xero shares 
on vesting
RSUs vest over a three-year performance 
period on the third May following grant
New hires/promotions may be invited to 
participate in the LTE and LTI plans, with a 
pro-rata allocation to reflect their entry into 
the plans part way through the year

Xero Annual Report 2023
139
REMUNERATION REPORT
5.3 Use of discretion
The Board has discretion in relation to granting and testing variable remuneration, including in relation to assessing whether 
the performance hurdles for STI (cash and equity) and LTI have been satisfied. The Board also has discretion in relation to how 
variable remuneration is treated in a change of control or cessation of employment scenario. The treatment of the CEO’s variable 
remuneration has already been determined in certain cessation of employment scenarios. Further information about variable 
remuneration and change of control and cessation of employment is in sections 6.3 and 6.4.
In addition, all leadership team variable remuneration is subject to malus and clawback provisions, which apply to vested and 
unvested equity awards and incentive payments. These provisions give Xero’s Board broad discretion to adjust, lapse/forfeit, or 
require repayment of equity award or incentive payments to ensure no unfair benefit is obtained by a member of the leadership 
team. This is one of the ways that Xero embeds risk management into its remuneration framework. 
Malus and clawback provisions will be relevant in a range of potential award adjustment events, for example where:
•	 A leadership team member has acted fraudulently, dishonestly, or is in breach of their obligations to Xero
•	 Xero becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in Xero’s financial statements
•	 A leadership team member has failed to act consistently with Xero’s risk appetite and risk management priorities
•	 In any other circumstances where the Board determines in good faith there is an unfair benefit to the leadership team member, 
e.g. relating to behaviour or conduct
5.4 Remuneration benchmarking and review
Xero is a truly global organisation with 33% of all employees now residing outside of New Zealand and Australia, across more than 
ten countries. Xero is one of only a few multinational technology companies listed on the ASX of its size and reach competing in a 
global market for talent.
Leadership team remuneration is benchmarked against ASX listed and US peer groups (referencing market data of Australia and 
US-based executives with the capabilities needed for leadership roles). 
Each year, Xero engages an independent consultant to review and update the peer groups and perform a comparative analysis 
of the leadership team’s remuneration against reported roles within those identified peer groups (Australia/US as considered 
appropriate for the respective leadership team member’s location). Xero’s aim is to always pay competitively.
The ASX and US peer groups were selected from technology companies, listed on the ASX or in the US, with similar size and reach 
globally. The peer group selection had regard to market cap, total/net assets, revenue, EBITDA, business activity and operational 
scale. Xero is uniquely positioned as a global technology company of its size listed on the ASX.
Following that review, changes to the leadership team’s remuneration structure or amounts may be proposed, to ensure they 
remain appropriate and market competitive. Details of the FY23 review are outlined in sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.
6. Key remuneration components for the CEO, former CEO, and CFO
Further detail is outlined below on how the remuneration structure described in section 5.2 applies to the CEO, former CEO,  
and CFO.
6.1 CEO, former CEO, and CFO remuneration mix
CEO (and all leadership team) remuneration is deliberately weighted to have a substantial proportion of target total remuneration 
at risk in order to align executive remuneration with shareholder outcomes and ensure that Xero can continue to attract, motivate 
and retain talented executives in the global talent landscape to deliver on Xero’s strategic objectives.
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy was appointed by the Board as CEO, replacing Steve Vamos on 1 February 2023. The CEO has a much 
higher weighting towards variable pay compared to the former CEO, with equity in particular, making up a significant proportion of 
target total remuneration. 
•	 The CEO’s remuneration mix is as follows: Variable pay forms 86.7% of target total remuneration (89.1% of maximum total 
remuneration); and equity forms 80.2% of target total remuneration (82.2% of maximum total remuneration)
•	 The former CEO’s remuneration mix is as follows: Variable pay forms 63.5% of target total remuneration (68.9% of maximum 
total remuneration); and equity forms 47.6% of target total remuneration (51.3% of maximum total remuneration)
•	 The CFO’s remuneration mix is as follows: Variable pay forms 53.8% of target total remuneration (59.8% of maximum total 
remuneration); equity forms 40.4% of target total remuneration (44.5% of maximum total remuneration)

Xero Annual Report 2023
140
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.2 Fixed annual remuneration
Leadership team remuneration is benchmarked against ASX/US peer groups. The ASX and US peer groups were selected from 
ASX/US listed technology companies with similar size and reach globally. The peer groups were selected with regard to market 
cap, total/net assets, revenue, EBITDA, business and operational scale. 
Fixed annual remuneration is set in the context of Xero’s wider, growth-orientated remuneration strategy and considers an 
individual’s skills, experience, accountabilities, performance, leadership, and behaviours.
The outcome of the FY23 remuneration benchmarking review highlighted that fixed remuneration for the former CEO, and CFO 
was considerably lower than the median of our peer group. As a result of the review, the following changes were made, bringing 
both the former CEO’s, and CFO’s fixed remuneration closer to the median of the peer group:
•	 The former CEO’s base salary increased to $1,485,000 from $1,350,000, effective 1 April 2022
•	 The CFO’s base salary increased to $800,000 from $718,750, effective 1 July 2022
The CEO was appointed 1 February 2023. Target median remuneration was based on the US benchmarked peer group. The 
peer group was selected from US listed technology companies with similar size and reach globally. The CEO’s base salary is 
US$700,000 (NZ$1,121,435).
CEO
Target
Maximum
former CEO
Target
Maximum
CFO
Target
Maximum
Fixed annual remuneration (13.3%)
STI equity (6.5%)
STI cash (6.5%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
service plan (36.9%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
performance plan (36.9%)
Fixed annual remuneration (10.9%)
STI equity (6.9%)
STI cash (6.9%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
service plan (30.2%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
performance plan (45.2%)
Fixed annual remuneration (36.5%)
STI equity (15.9%)
STI cash (15.9%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
service plan (15.9%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
performance plan (15.9%)
Fixed annual remuneration (31.1%)
STI equity (17.6%)
STI cash (17.6%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
service plan (13.5%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
performance plan (20.3%)
Fixed annual remuneration (46.2%)
STI equity (13.5%)
STI cash (13.5%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
service plan (13.5%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
performance plan (13.5%)
Fixed annual remuneration (40.2%)
STI equity (15.2%)
STI cash (15.2%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
service plan (11.7%)
LTE: three-year rights based 
performance plan (17.6%)

Xero Annual Report 2023
141
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.3 At risk – Short-Term Incentive (STI)
STI is an at-risk component of remuneration structured to reward achievement against Xero’s strategic and financial objectives 
in the financial period. The selected objectives reward delivery of key strategic and financial objectives, in line with the annual 
business plan, and reward outcomes aligned to Xero’s goals for growth and operational discipline.
We review our STI measures and weightings each year to ensure they are reflective of, and linked to, strategic outcomes including 
customer NPS, eNPS and engagement. STI opportunities are set as a percentage of base salary, based on level of responsibility 
and country of residence. 
The STI performance measures have been chosen to focus the CEO and CFO on growing global revenue and creating customer 
value and engaged teams, while maintaining disciplined operational and financial outcomes. Vesting outcomes also have regard to 
whether the leadership team member has acted in accordance with Xero’s values.
•	 The CEO was appointed 1 February 2023. Her target STI is 100% of her base salary at US$700,000 (NZ$1,121,435). This has been 
pro-rated 33% for FY23 due to the CEO’s start date
•	 For the former CEO, the FY23 remuneration review process resulted in his target STI increasing to $1,336,500 (90% of base 
salary) from $1,080,000 (80% of base salary), with effect from 1 April 2022
•	 For the CFO, the FY23 remuneration review process resulted in her target STI increasing to $480,000 (60% of base salary) from 
$359,375 (50% of base salary), with effect from 1 April 2022
The following table provides an overview of the key features of the STI structure. 
Element
Details
Purpose
Focus participants on delivery of business objectives over a one-year period
Target opportunity (% base salary)
CEO 100%, former CEO 90%, CFO 60%
Maximum opportunity (% base salary)
CEO 130%, former CEO 117%, CFO 78%
Performance period
Performance is measured from 1 April to 31 March
Performance measures
Performance metrics measure success in relation to our key stakeholders, reflecting the 
voices of shareholders, customers and employees
Financial objectives (60%)
Financial objectives reflect the voice of shareholders – EBITDA and net new monthly 
recurring revenue (MRR) targets 
Non-financial objectives (40%)
Non-financial metrics are based on:
•	
voice of the customer – partner and direct NPS targets
•	
voice of the employee – employee NPS and engagement targets
•	
individual objectives – operational objectives including a global adjacents target and 
leadership attributes targets
Target setting
Measures, weightings and targets set at the beginning of each financial year are reviewed 
by the P&R Committee and approved by the Board annually. Performance measures 
are calibrated to ensure they are aligned to our values, longer-term strategic priorities 
and risk appetite. They are set thoughtfully and fairly and, depending on expected 
performance, may increase, decrease or stay the same from the previous year
Evaluation of performance
Performance against financial and non-financial objectives is determined at the end of the 
financial year. Financial outcomes are only confirmed after audited results are finalised. 
Leadership team performance, including acting in accordance with Xero’s values, is 
reviewed by the CEO, in consultation with the P&R Committee (and in the case of the CEO, 
by the Board)
Pay vehicle
50% of STI awarded is paid in cash with the remaining 50% issued in RSUs under the 
terms of the Xero Limited Restricted Stock Unit and Option Plan or the Xero Limited USA 
Incentive Scheme (as relevant)

Xero Annual Report 2023
142
REMUNERATION REPORT
Grant date
RSUs are typically granted annually in or around May
For FY23, RSUs will be granted in May 2023
Vesting conditions
RSUs vest one year from grant date, subject to continued service and confirmation from 
the P&R Committee that no award adjustment events have occurred
Cessation of employment
Unless the Board determines otherwise, if the leadership team member ceases 
employment, all unvested RSUs lapse and all STI awards not yet paid are forfeited
CEO: The CEO’s cash and equity STI will be forfeited if they are dismissed for cause or 
resign (other than for good reason or genuine retirement) unless the Board determines 
otherwise. If the CEO terminates their employment for good reason or their employment 
is terminated without cause, the cash component will be pro-rated and the equity 
component will remain on foot and be eligible to vest in the ordinary course (as if 
employment had not ceased). If the CEO ceases for any other reason (e.g. genuine 
retirement) the cash component will be pro-rated and the equity component will remain 
on foot and be eligible to vest (as if employment had not ceased), unless the Board 
determines otherwise
Sale of vested shares
Our people are subject to Xero’s Share Trading Policy and dealing restrictions as outlined 
in section 4.4. Shares cannot be sold during a closed period for share trading
Change of control
The Board has broad discretion to determine the appropriate treatment of unvested 
RSUs on a change of control. Amongst other things, the Board may decide to vest/lapse 
unvested RSUs or settle them in cash instead of shares 
If the Board does not exercise its discretion, unvested RSUs will vest pro-rata, based on 
the proportion of the vesting period that has passed at the time of the change of control 
and the extent to which any applicable conditions have been satisfied
Malus and clawback provisions
Adjustment, delay or withholding may occur in, but is not limited to, circumstances where:
•	
an employee has acted fraudulently or dishonestly or is in material breach of their 
obligations
•	
where Xero becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in the financial 
statements of the Xero Group 
•	
where an executive has failed to act consistently with Xero’s risk appetite and risk 
management priorities
•	
in any other circumstances where the Board determines in good faith there is an 
unfair benefit to the employee, e.g. relating to behaviour or conduct, such as risk 
management
Dividends and voting 
RSUs do not carry an entitlement to dividends or voting prior to vesting
Amendments and adjustments
Other than as set out above, the Board has discretion to make changes to the terms of 
RSUs, the Xero Limited Restricted Stock Unit and Option Plan, and the Xero Limited 
USA Incentive Scheme subject to the law and ASX Listing Rules applicable from time to 
time. The Board also has power to make adjustments to the number of RSUs in certain 
circumstances

Xero Annual Report 2023
143
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.3.1 Link between remuneration, strategy and value creation 
The following table outlines the STI measures and weightings that applied to the CEO’s, former CEO’s, and CFO’s FY23 STI awards.
Performance measure
Weighting
Rationale for choice of measure
Voice of the shareholder (60% of total)
Group Net New Monthly 
Recurring Revenue (MRR)
45%
•	
Key indicator of financial performance driving AMRR
•	
Supports execution on growth objectives 
•	
Drives value creation through Xero’s Financial key outcomes – ‘Strong balance sheet, 
revenue growth, gross margin contribution and strong cash flows to provide options 
for reinvestment to support our strategy and vision and create long-term value for 
shareholders’
•	
Aligns with our ‘Challenge’, ‘Team’, and ‘Ownership’ values
EBITDA
15%
•	
Key indicator of financial performance 
•	
Ensures continued focus on disciplined allocation of capital
•	
Rewards appropriate balance between return generation and reinvestment in growth
•	
Drives value creation through Xero’s Financial key outcomes – ‘Strong balance sheet, 
revenue growth, gross margin contribution and strong cash flows to provide options 
for reinvestment to support our strategy and vision and create long-term value for 
shareholders’
•	
Aligns with our ‘Challenge’, ‘Team’, and ‘Ownership’ values
Voice of the customer (10% of total)
 
Partner and Small 
Business NPS
10%
•	
Key indicator of customer and partner satisfaction
•	
Ensures continued focus on customer retention
•	
Drives value creation through Xero’s Customers, Partners and Ecosystem key outcome 
– ‘Greater stakeholder trust and customer advocacy through a product experience that 
exceeds expectations. Improved brand awareness, perception and value, including 
trust in the reliability and security of data’
•	
Aligns with our ‘Human’, ‘Challenge’, ‘Team’, ‘Ownership’, and ‘Beautiful’ values
Voice of the employee (10% of total)
Employee NPS and 
Engagement
10%
•	
Key indicator of employee satisfaction
•	
Ensures continued focus on employee engagement
•	
Drives value creation through Xero’s People and Culture key outcome – ‘Attraction, 
development and retention of top talent is enhanced. Targeted initiatives and flexible 
ways of working to promote diversity, pay equity and an inclusive environment. 
Improved health, safety and wellbeing performance’
•	
Aligns with our ‘Human’, ‘Challenge,’ and ‘Team’ values
Individual objectives (20% of total)
 
 
Individual objectives 
including a global 
adjacents target and 
leadership attributes 
targets
20%
•	
Key indicator of individual leadership team performance
•	
Ensures continued focus on individual goals
•	
Rewards individual performance
•	
Drives value creation through all of Xero’s key outcomes
•	
Aligns with our ‘Challenge’ and ‘Ownership’ values

Xero Annual Report 2023
144
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.4 Long-Term Equity (LTE) and Long-Term Incentive (LTI)
LTE and LTI are at-risk components of leadership remuneration that are structured to reward the effective execution of Xero’s 
strategic plan and sustained shareholder value creation. 
Xero is one of only a few technology companies listed on the ASX of both its size and reach globally. As we continue to grow our 
global footprint, the skills and experience required of our management team also evolves.
The CEO’s target median remuneration was based on the US benchmarked peer group (market data of US-based executives with 
the capabilities needed for the CEO role). The peer group was selected from US listed technology companies with similar size and 
reach globally. The lower base salary and higher variable remuneration weighting (LTE and LTI) was driven by the typical package 
breakdown of a US-based CEO.
The CEO’s target LTE and LTI is 571% of base salary at US$4,000,000 (NZ$6,408,202). This was set having regard to peer 
benchmarking as noted earlier in this report. The CEO’s LTE and LTI has been pro-rated 50% for FY23 due to her start date (1 
February 2023). For FY23, this was US$2,500,000 (being a pro-rated opportunity based on a full year maximum of US$5,000,000) 
and representing a 40% LTE and 60% LTI split. The CEO’s initial LTE and LTI grant was made in January 2023 and vests in May 
2025.
For the former CEO, the FY23 remuneration review process resulted in his target LTE and LTI increasing to $1,336,500 (90% of 
base salary) from $1,080,000 (80% of base salary) as of 1 April 2022.
For the CFO, the FY23 remuneration review process resulted in her target LTE and LTI increasing to $480,000 (60% of base salary) 
from $359,375 (50% of base salary) as of 1 July 2022.
The following table provides an overview of the key features of the LTE and LTI structure.
Element
Details
Purpose
Rewards delivery against longer-term strategy and sustained shareholder value creation. 
Provides alignment between shareholder, customer, and leadership team outcomes and 
time-based retention through multi-year vesting
Target opportunity (% base salary)
CEO 571.4%, former CEO 90%, CFO 60%
Maximum opportunity (% base salary)
CEO 714.3%, former CEO 112.5%, CFO 75%
Pay vehicle
LTE and LTI are provided in the form of RSUs under the Xero Limited Restricted Stock 
Unit and Option Plan or the Xero Limited USA Incentive Scheme (as relevant). The number 
of RSUs granted is calculated by reference to the LTE and LTI value (% of base salary) 
divided by the 30-day volume-weighted-average-price (VWAP) of Xero shares on the grant 
date
Grant date
RSUs are typically granted annually in or around July 
For FY23, RSUs were granted in July 2022 for the former CEO, and CFO, and in January 
2023 for the CEO1
Vesting conditions
LTE – value is contingent on service (being employed and not having resigned on the vest 
date) 
LTI – value is contingent on performance targets over a three-year period (commencing 1 
April 2022 and ending 31 March 2025) as well as service
Performance contingent component measures and weightings:
•	
Operating revenue growth – 75%
•	
Relative total shareholder return (TSR) – 25% 
RSUs typically vest in the third May following the grant 
LTE and LTI granted for FY23 will vest on or around 31 May 2025
1 To correct for a miscalculation in the number of RSUs granted, 1,841 RSUs will be granted to the CEO in May 2023. The original offer terms continue to 
apply to all RSUs

Xero Annual Report 2023
145
REMUNERATION REPORT
Cessation of employment
Former CEO, and CFO: in the event of termination all unvested RSUs are forfeited 
CEO: The CEO’s LTI will be forfeited if they are dismissed for cause or resign (other than 
for good reason or genuine retirement) unless the Board determines otherwise. If the CEO 
terminates their employment for good reason or their employment is terminated without 
cause, a pro-rata amount of LTI will remain on foot and be eligible to vest in the ordinary 
course (as if employment had not ceased). If the CEO ceases for any other reason (e.g. 
genuine retirement) a pro-rata amount of LTI will remain on foot and be eligible to vest 
in the ordinary course (as if employment had not ceased), unless the Board determines 
otherwise
Sale of vested shares
Employees are subject to Xero’s Share Trading Policy and dealing restrictions as outlined 
in section 4.4. Shares cannot be sold during a closed period for share trading
Change of control
The Board has broad discretion to determine the appropriate treatment of vested shares 
and unvested RSUs on a change of control. Amongst other things, the Board may decide 
to vest/lapse unvested RSUs or settle them in cash instead of shares
If the Board does not exercise its discretion, unvested RSUs will vest pro-rata based on 
the proportion of the vesting period that has passed at the time of the change of control 
and the extent to which any applicable conditions have been satisfied
Malus/clawback provisions
Adjustment, delay or withholding may occur, but is not limited to, circumstances where:
•	
an employee has acted fraudulently or dishonestly or is in material breach of their 
obligations
•	
where Xero becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in the financial 
statements of the Xero Group 
•	
where an executive has failed to act consistently with Xero’s risk appetite and risk 
management priorities
•	
in any other circumstances where the Board determines in good faith there is an 
unfair benefit to the employee, e.g. relating to behaviour or conduct, such as risk 
management
Dividends and voting
RSUs do not carry entitlement to dividends or voting prior to vesting
Amendments and adjustments
Other than as set out above, the Board has discretion to make changes to the terms of 
RSUs, the Xero Limited Restricted Stock Unit and Option Plan, and the Xero Limited 
USA Incentive Scheme subject to the law and ASX Listing Rules applicable from time to 
time. The Board also has power to make adjustments to the number of RSUs in certain 
circumstances

Xero Annual Report 2023
146
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.4.1 CEO initial equity grant 
The CEO received a one-off initial equity grant of US$10,000,000 (NZ$16,020,506) in the form of options. Details of the CEO’s 
initial equity grant are outlined below.
Element
Details
Purpose
One-off initial equity grant for CEO intended to reward delivery against longer-term 
strategy and sustained shareholder value creation. Provides alignment between 
shareholder, customer, and executive outcomes and time-based retention through multi-
year vesting
Pay vehicle
Options with an exercise price based on the 30-day VWAP leading up to grant date. 
Options lapse ten years from grant date. This expiry date is intended to apply for options 
granted from January 2023 onwards. Previous grants had an expiry period of five years 
from grant. This change was made to align option expiry with typical US market practice
Grant details
445,697 options were granted in January 20231
Vesting conditions
Options vest in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversaries of the 
employment date (November 2022). Vesting is contingent upon continued service and 
subject to malus and clawback. The exercise price acts as a built-in hurdle to drive longer-
term strategy and sustained shareholder value creation
Outcome
No options have yet vested. The first tranche of options will vest in November 2023
Change of control
If the Company is subject to change of control, the Board may decide how to treat options 
at its discretion
Cessation of employment
The CEO’s unvested options will be forfeited if the CEO is dismissed for cause or 
resigns (other than for good reason or genuine retirement) unless the Board determines 
otherwise. If the CEO terminates their employment for good reason or their employment is 
terminated without cause or the CEO ceases for any other reason (e.g. genuine retirement) 
all unvested options remain on foot and are eligible to vest in the ordinary course (as if 
employment had not ceased)
Amendments and adjustments
Other than as set out above, the Board has discretion to make changes to the terms of 
RSUs and options, the Xero Limited Restricted Stock Unit and Option Plan, and the Xero 
Limited USA Incentive Scheme subject to the law and ASX Listing Rules applicable from 
time to time
1 As disclosed in November 2022, the CEO was entitled to receive options in three equal tranches, each valued at USD$3,333,333 at grant. Xero has 
identified that a miscalculation impacted the options issued to the CEO (to the CEO’s disadvantage). Xero is assessing the miscalculation and its impact 
and will disclose the steps taken to remedy the error in the 2024 Remuneration Report
6.5 Legacy former CEO, and CFO equity arrangements
Details of equity grants for the former CEO, and CFO before the current LTE and LTI plans were adopted are outlined below. This 
legacy grant was offered in 2018 as a one-off plan with the final tranche vesting in FY23.
6.5.1 Legacy former CEO options
Element
Details
Purpose
Executive team retention plan intended to reward delivery against longer-term strategy and 
sustained shareholder value creation. Provides alignment between shareholder, customer, and 
executive outcomes and time-based retention through multi-year vesting
Pay vehicle
Options with an exercise price based on the 20-day VWAP leading up to grant date  
Options lapse five years from grant date
Grant details
Under the FY19 executive block options grant, 180,000 options were granted in August 2018
Vesting conditions
Options vest in two equal tranches in June in each of the third and fourth years after grant. Vesting 
is contingent upon continued service and subject to malus and clawback
Outcome
The final tranche of 90,000 options vested in June 2022 with a value at vesting of $4.79 million
 

Xero Annual Report 2023
147
REMUNERATION REPORT
6.5.2 Legacy CFO options arrangements
Element
Details
Purpose
Executive team retention plan intended to reward delivery against longer-term strategy 
and sustained shareholder value creation. Provides alignment between shareholder, 
customer, and executive outcomes and time-based retention through multi-year vesting
Pay vehicle
Options with an exercise price based on the 20-day VWAP leading up to grant date 
Options lapse five years from grant date
Grant details
Under the FY19 executive block options grant, 80,000 options were granted in June 2018, 
and a further 20,000 options were granted in October 2018
Vesting conditions
Options vest in three equal tranches in June in each of the second, third, and fourth years 
after grant. Vesting is contingent upon continued service 
Outcome
The final grant of 33,334 options vested in June 2022 with a value at vesting of  
$1.69 million
7. Xero’s performance
Xero’s financial results over the last five years are shown below, along with STI outcomes:
Measure
FY19
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
Subscribers
1,818,000
2,285,000
2,741,000
3,271,000
3,741,000
Annualised Monthly 
Recurring Revenue ($000s)
$638,179
$820,557
$963,597
$1,231,087
$1,553,803
Operating Revenue ($000s)
$552,819
$718,231
$848,782
$1,096,819
$1,399,884
Free Cash Flow ($000s)
$6,451
$27,105
$56,946
$2,073
$102,340
Average STI received as % of 
maximum
79%
56%
90%
85%
59%
Xero’s share price, Xero share price movement, Xero total shareholder return and average STI outcomes over the last five years are 
shown below:
Measure
FY19
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
Xero Share Price (AU$)*
48.65
67.91
126.53
102.75
89.42
Xero Share Price Movement 
(AU$)
15.21
19.26
58.62
-23.78
-13.33
Xero Total Shareholder 
Return
45.5%
39.6%
86.3%
-18.8%
-13.0%
Average STI received as % of 
maximum 
79%
56%
90%
85%
59%
* Closing price for the last trading day in the financial year
 

Xero Annual Report 2023
148
REMUNERATION REPORT
8. CEO, former CEO, and CFO remuneration
The following table provides details of the actual remuneration received by the CEO, former CEO, and CFO during FY23 and 
FY22. This represents the ‘take home pay’ of the CEO, former CEO, and CFO during those years, rather than the accounting values 
recognised by applicable accounting standards. The CEO, former CEO, and CFO received no other monetary benefits, other than 
those stated below. 
Actual remuneration received by the CEO, former CEO, and CFO disclosed in the table below for FY23 is based on the following:
•	 Fixed annual remuneration earned between 1 April 2022 and 31 March 2023
•	 Realisable cash and deferred RSU STI based on FY22 and FY21 performance, respectively. Cash was received in May 2022. 
Deferred RSUs were granted in May 2021 and vested in May 2022. The number of RSUs granted is dependent on the share 
price at grant: 110.2 percent of target STI (90.0 percent of maximum) was awarded to the former CEO, and CFO based on FY21 
performance 
•	 Value of the former CEO’s options that vested during FY23: 90,000 options from the FY19 executive block options grant
•	 Value of the CFO’s options that vested during FY23: 33,334 options from the FY19 executive block options grant
Fixed remuneration
Variable remuneration1
Accounting value of grants vested 
during the year, in the form of:
Additional 
value of all 
grants vested 
in the year, 
attributable 
to share price 
appreciation 
($000s)
Total 
remuneration 
received 
inclusive of 
share price 
appreciation 
($000s)
Salary
($000s)
Pension
($000s)
Other² 
($000s)
Cash STI
($000s)
Option/
share 
grants
($000s)
RSU 
grants
($000s)
S Singh Cassidy
FY23
3883
11
-
-
-
-
-
399
S Vamos
FY23
1,485
53
52
564
2,182
379
2,506
7,221
S Vamos
FY22
1,350
54
31
379
2,182
549
8,500
13,045
K Godfrey-Billy
FY23
780
18
10
188
707
147
944
2,794
K Godfrey-Billy
FY22
695
16
9
147
707
90
2,910
4,574
1 Includes the value of options and RSUs granted in prior years that vested in the year
2 Relates to payout of annual leave under New Zealand requirements, which includes STI received in calculation of payments
3 Xero’s FY23 Annual Report filed on the ASX on 18 May 2023 has 348 rather than the correct number, being 388 
 
Further details on STI outcomes for the CEO, former CEO, and CFO are outlined in section 9.
Further details on other remuneration elements and outcomes for the FY23 year for the CEO, former CEO, and CFO are outlined in 
section 10.

Xero Annual Report 2023
149
REMUNERATION REPORT
9. STI outcomes in detail
The annual outcomes achieved for the CEO, former CEO, and CFO are based on Xero’s FY23 performance as below. Voices of the 
shareholder, customer, and employee are formulaic.
Objectives
Weighting
Commentary
Outcome
 (% of 
target)
Outcome
(% of max)
Voice of the shareholder
60%
Net new MRR was $24.1m for FY23.  
This exceeded target
EBITDA was $158.4m for FY23.  
This was below target
93%
62%
Voice of the customer
10%
Accountant/Bookkeeper (Partner) NPS was 
below target for FY23
Small Business (Direct) NPS was below 
target for FY23
The targets must be met for payment to be 
made
0%
0%
Voice of the employee
10%
Employee NPS was above global industry 
benchmarks with a 12-month rolling average 
of 32 for FY23 but did not reach 100% of 
target
Employee Engagement was 7.9 for FY23. 
This exceeded target. There is no stretch 
(payment is at 100% if target is achieved)
50%
50%
Individual objectives
20%
Individual objectives comprise a global 
adjacents target, leadership attributes 
targets and individual OKRs. Individual 
objectives achievement for the three 
executive KMPs were: 100% for the CEO, 
66% for the former CEO, and 73.5% for  
the CFO
66%–100%
66%–100%
Total outcome (CEO)
80.8%
62.2%
Total outcome (former CEO)
74.0%
56.9%
Total outcome (CFO)
75.5%
58.1%

Xero Annual Report 2023
150
REMUNERATION REPORT
10. CEO, former CEO, and CFO equity holdings
The following tables present current at-risk equity and holdings for the CEO, former CEO, and CFO. 
At-risk equity as at 31 March 2023 
 
Opening 
balance1
Granted during 
the year
Vested
Exercised
Lapsed/
forfeited
Closing 
balance1
Options
CEO
-
445,697 2
-
-
-
445,697
Former CEO
145,880
-
90,000
90,000
-
55,880
CFO
50,593
12,502
33,334
33,334
-
29,761
RSUs
CEO
-
46,752 3
-
-
-
46,752
Former CEO
2,740
23,922
2,740
-
-
23,922
CFO
1,062
12,127
1,062
-
-
12,127
¹ For options, includes all vested/unvested options that have not been exercised. For RSUs, only includes what has not vested
2 As disclosed in November 2022, the CEO was entitled to receive options in three equal tranches, each valued at USD$3,333,333 at grant. Xero has 
identified that a miscalculation impacted the options issued to the CEO (to the CEO’s disadvantage). Xero is assessing the miscalculation and its impact 
and will disclose the steps taken to remedy the error in the 2024 Remuneration Report
3 To correct for a miscalculation in the number of RSUs granted, 1,841 RSUs will be granted to the CEO in May 2023. The original offer terms continue to 
apply to all RSUs
Total equity holdings at 31 March 2023
Options
RSUs
CEO
445,697
46,752
Former CEO
55,880
23,922
CFO
29,761
12,127
11. CEO and CFO employment conditions
The following tables outline the employment conditions pertaining to the CEO and CFO.
11.1 CEO employment conditions
Item
Details
Basis of contract
Ongoing (no fixed term)
Notice period
Twelve months by either party 
Shorter notice may apply by agreement
Base salary
Subject to annual review (but no adjustments to base salary are guaranteed)
Incentive opportunities
Eligible to participate in short-term incentive arrangements, long-term incentive arrangements, and a one-
off initial equity grant. FY23 opportunities are outlined in this report. For FY24, and future years, a full year 
short-term (target) opportunity of 100% of base salary will be available. For FY24, a full year (maximum) 
long-term opportunity of not less than USD$5,000,000 will be available
Payment in lieu of  
notice period
Xero may pay the CEO in lieu of all or part of her notice period or require her to work for part of her notice 
period and pay her in lieu of the balance

Xero Annual Report 2023
151
REMUNERATION REPORT
11.2 CFO employment conditions 
Item
Details
Basis of contract
Ongoing (no fixed term)
Notice period
Three months by either party 
Shorter notice may apply by agreement
Base salary
Subject to annual review (but no adjustments to base salary  
are guaranteed)
12. Non-executive director remuneration
The total remuneration available to non-executive directors is fixed by shareholders. 
The annual total aggregate non-executive director remuneration is capped at $2.7 million, as approved by shareholders at Xero’s 
Annual Meeting in August 2021.
The Board sets the fees for the non-executive directors at a level that provides Xero with the ability to attract and retain directors 
of a high calibre. 
The fees paid to non-executive directors are structured to reflect time commitment, responsibilities, and workloads. Fees are 
benchmarked to the local market and set accordingly reflecting the global composition of Xero’s Board. To preserve independence 
and impartiality, non-executive directors have not received any performance-related or at-risk compensation (such as options) 
since 2016. Xero does not provide any scheme for retirement benefits, other than statutory superannuation, for non-executive 
directors.
Below are the target annual fees payable to non-executive directors during FY23. Directors’ fees are paid in New Zealand dollars in 
order to avoid exchange rate fluctuations impacting the annual fee cap. 
Country of residence
Chair 
($000s)
Director 
($000s)
Audit & Risk 
Management  
Committee Chair¹ 
($000s)
Audit & Risk 
Management  
Committee 
member¹
($000s)
People & 
Remuneration 
Committee Chair¹
($000s)
People & 
Remuneration 
Committee 
member¹
($000s)
New Zealand
450
190
38
19
38
19
Australia
450
190
38
19
38
19
United States
500
360
38
19
38
19
United Kingdom
650
190
38
19
38
19
1 No additional fees are currently paid for the Chair or members of the Nominations Committee. The Board Chair does not receive any additional fees for 
serving on committees
 
Fees are reviewed every two years, with the last review concluding in 2021. Fees are currently under review and any proposed 
resolution to change the non-executive directors’ fee pool cap will be put to shareholders at Xero’s annual meeting in August 2023.

Xero Annual Report 2023
152
REMUNERATION REPORT
The total remuneration1 of, and the value of other benefits received by, each non-executive director during FY23 was:
Director
Country of
residence
Role
Committee Chair
FY23
Base fees
($000s)
FY23  
Committee  
fees ($000s)
FY23
 Total fees 
($000s)
David Thodey, 
AO
Australia
Chair
Nominations 
Committee
450
-
450
Rod Drury
New Zealand
NED
-
190
-
190
Lee Hatton
Australia
Independent NED
-
190
19
209
Dale Murray, 
CBE
United 
Kingdom
Independent NED 
-
190
19
209
Susan 
Peterson
New Zealand
Independent NED
P&R Committee
190
38
228
Mark Cross
New Zealand
Independent NED
ARM 
Committee
190
57
247
Steven 
Aldrich
United States
Independent NED
-
360
19
379
Brian 
McAndrews
United States
Independent NED
-
360
19
379
Total
2,120
171
2,2911
1 Total remuneration is presented based on accounting expense and may include amounts earned, but not yet received
The total remuneration1 of, and the value of other benefits received by, each non-executive director during FY22 was:
Director
Country of
residence
Role
Committee Chair
FY22
Base fees
($000s)
FY22  
Committee  
fees ($000s)
FY22
 Total fees 
($000s)
David Thodey, 
AO
Australia
Chair
Nominations 
Committee
404
-
404
Rod Drury
New Zealand
NED
-
168
-
168
Lee Hatton
Australia
Independent NED
-
168
19
187
Dale Murray, 
CBE
United 
Kingdom
Independent NED 
-
168
19
187
Susan 
Peterson
New Zealand
Independent NED
P&R Committee
168
38
206
Mark Cross
New Zealand
Independent NED
ARM 
Committee
168
47
215
Brian 
McAndrews2
United States
Independent NED
-
59
3
62
Steven 
Aldrich
United States
Independent NED
-
305
19
324
Former 
directors
Craig Winkler3
Australia
NED
-
53
14
67
Total
1,661
159
1,8201
1 Total remuneration is presented based on accounting expense and may include amounts earned, but not yet received
2 Appointed director 2 February 2022 
3 Ceased as director 12 August 2021

Xero Annual Report 2023
153
REMUNERATION REPORT
13. Our team’s remuneration
The following table shows the number of current and former employees of Xero whose remuneration and benefits for FY23 were 
within the specified bands above $100,000.
Remuneration including share-
based remuneration
Number of employees
Remuneration including share-
based remuneration
Number of employees
100,000 to 109,999
283
480,000 to 489,999
2
110,000 to 119,999
306
490,000 to 499,000
7
120,000 to 129,999
315
500,000 to 509,999
7
130,000 to 139,999
299
510,000 to 519,999
4
140,000 to 149,999
309
520,000 to 529,999
3
150,000 to 159,999
294
530,000 to 539,999
3
160,000 to 169,999
268
540,000 to 549,999
1
170,000 to 179,999
223
550,000 to 559,000
2
180,000 to 189,999
161
560,000 to 569,000
7
190,000 to 199,999
144
580,000 to 589,999
3
200,000 to 209,999
112
590,000 to 599,999
3
210,000 to 219,999
108
600,000 to 609,999
3
220,000 to 229,999
100
610,000 to 619,999
1
230,000 to 239,999
96
630,000 to 639,999
2
240,000 to 249,999
59
650,000 to 659,999
1
250,000 to 259,999
55
660,000 to 669,999
1
260,000 to 269,999
59
680,000 to 689,999
2
270,000 to 279,999
59
690,000 to 699,999
3
280,000 to 289,999
47
700,000 to 709,999
1
290,000 to 299,999
37
720,000 to 729,999
2
300,000 to 309,999
32
760,000 to 769,999
1
310,000 to 319,999
20
800,000 to 809,999
1
320,000 to 329,999
38
830,000 to 839,999
1
330,000 to 339,999
21
850,000 to 859,999
1
340,000 to 349,999
23
870,000 to 879,999
1
350,000 to 359,999
23
880,000 to 889,999
3
360,000 to 369,999
13
890,000 to 899,999
2
370,000 to 379,999
19
900,000 to 909,999
1
380,000 to 389,999
14
910,000 to 919,999
3
390,000 to 399,999
10
940,000 to 949,999
1
400,000 to 409,999
11
950,000 to 959,999
2
410,000 to 419,999
7
980,000 to 989,999
1
420,000 to 429,999
12
1,000,000 to 1,000,999
1
430,000 to 439,999
13
1,050,000 to 1,050,999
2
440,000 to 449,999
6
1,100,000 to 1,100,999
1
450,000 to 459,999
9
1,140,000 to 1,140,999
2
460,000 to 469,999
9
1,160,000 to 1,169,999
2
470,000 to 479,999
8
1,190,000 to 1,199,999
1

Xero Annual Report 2023
154
REMUNERATION REPORT
Remuneration including share-
based remuneration
Number of employees
Remuneration including share-
based remuneration
Number of employees
1,350,000 to 1,359,999
1
2,460,000 to 2,469,999
1
1,550,000 to 1,559,999
1
2,790,000 to 2,799,999
1
1,670,000 to 1,679,999
1
2,820,000 to 2,829,999
1
2,120,000 to 2,129,999
1
3,030,000 to 3,039,999
1
2,200,000 to 2,209,999
1
3,500,000 to 3,509,999
1
2,230,000 to 2,239,999
1
7,220,000 to 7,229,999
1
The remuneration covered in the table includes monetary payments received and share-based payments vested (i.e. restricted 
shares, RSUs and vested options). The table above includes remuneration received by the CEO, former CEO, and CFO.
The value of options vested during the year has been calculated as the difference between the exercise price of those options 
and the share price on the day the options vest (become exercisable). Our methodology in calculating the value of equity for 
employees has been chosen as it provides a closer representation of the actual remuneration received during the year and is 
consistent with the approach made within the CEO, former CEO, and CFO remuneration disclosures detailed above. 

Xero Annual Report 2023
155

Registered offices
New Zealand 
19-23 Taranaki Street  
Te Aro, Wellington 6011 
New Zealand
Australia
Level 3, 260 Burwood Road 
Hawthorn, Vic 3122 
Australia
Contact:  
www.xero.com/about/contact
Directors
David Thodey, AO 
(Chair) 
Steven Aldrich
Mark Cross
Rod Drury 
Lee Hatton 
Brian McAndrews
Dale Murray, CBE 
Susan Peterson
Company 
secretary
Damien Coleman
Leadership team
Sukhinder Singh Cassidy
Chief Executive Officer
Damien Coleman
Acting Chief Legal Officer
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chief Financial Officer
Diya Jolly
Chief Product Officer
Chris O’Neill
Chief Growth Officer
Rachael Powell
Chief Customer Officer
Mark Rees
Chief Technology Officer
Nicole Reid
Chief People Officer
Angad Soin
Chief Business Operations & 
Strategy Officer
Other company 
information
Company numbers
183 0488 (New Zealand) 
ARBN 160 661 183 (Australia)
Web address
www.xero.com
Auditor
Ernst & Young
Stock exchange
Xero’s ordinary shares  
are listed on the ASX
Share registrar
Link Market Services Limited
Tower 4, 727 Collins Street 
Melbourne, Vic 3008 
Australia 
Telephone: +61 1300 554 474
Corporate directory